{"title":"Early Black Friday Deals","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"drill-chuck-0-1-2in-jt6","title":"DRILL CHUCK  0-1\/2\" JT6","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe B045 Drill Chuck is a high-precision, keyed chuck designed to enhance the accuracy of your drill press. It features a robust construction and precise engineering, making it ideal for a variety of drilling applications. The chuck ensures a secure grip on drill bits, contributing to precise and accurate drilling operations.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Keyed chuck for secure and precise tightening\u003cbr\u003e• Enhances the accuracy of your drill press\u003cbr\u003e• Suitable for a variety of drilling applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Size: 1\/2 inch\u003cbr\u003e• Taper: JT6\u003cbr\u003e• Weight: 0.72 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComes With\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• B045 Drill Chuck\u003cbr\u003e• Chuck key\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"None","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44730760429734,"sku":"B045","price":14.5,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/B045_-1.png?v=1768230735"},{"product_id":"drill-chuck-5-8in-jt3","title":"DRILL CHUCK 5\/8\" JT3","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Drill Chuck is a precision-engineered tool designed to enhance the accuracy of your drill press. This keyed chuck provides superior gripping force and precision, ensuring reliable performance for various drilling applications. It is ideal for use in portable, bench, or floor-type drill presses.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Keyed chuck for precise and secure tightening\u003cbr\u003e• Enhances the accuracy of your drill press\u003cbr\u003e• Provides strong gripping force\u003cbr\u003e• Suitable for a variety of drilling applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Size: 5\/8\"\u003cbr\u003e• Taper: JT3\u003cbr\u003e• Supplied with chuck key\u003cbr\u003e• Precision construction for durability and performance\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComes With\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Drill Chuck with JT3 taper\u003cbr\u003e• Chuck key\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"None","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44730760462502,"sku":"B046","price":17.5,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/B046_-1.png?v=1768230788"},{"product_id":"arbor-press-1-ton-b091","title":"1 TON ARBOR PRESS B091","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 1 Ton Arbor Press provides dependable manual force for press-fitting, punching, staking, and bearing installation or removal. Its compact design makes it suitable for workshops, repair areas, and maintenance benches where controlled pressure is required without powered equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA heavy cast iron body provides stability during use, while the steel ram and pinion support smooth, durable operation. The press offers a 4-inch throat depth and a maximum work height of 5 inches, allowing it to accommodate a variety of small components and assemblies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included four-position anvil can be rotated to support different workpiece shapes and pressing tasks. Heavy-duty rack teeth help deliver positive engagement and controlled ram movement throughout the pressing operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1-ton pressing capacity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for press-fitting, punching, staking, and bearing work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4-inch throat depth accommodates a range of small workpieces\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximum work height of 5 inches\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy cast iron body provides strength and stability\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel ram supports durable, repeatable operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel pinion provides positive force transfer\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy-duty rack teeth help maintain controlled ram movement\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour-position anvil accommodates different workpiece shapes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompact design suits benchtop workshop use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e14 kg weight provides a stable base during operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduct type: Manual arbor press\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCapacity: 1 ton\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThroat depth: 4 inches\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximum work height: 5 inches\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBody material: Cast iron\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRam material: Steel\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePinion material: Steel\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnvil positions: 4\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGross weight: 14 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarton dimensions: 6 x 12 x 14 inches\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComes With\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 Ton Arbor Press\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour-position anvil\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFAQ\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this arbor press used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for controlled manual pressing tasks such as press-fitting, punching, staking, and installing or removing small bearings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum pressing capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe press has a maximum capacity of 1 ton.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the throat depth?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe throat depth is 4 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum work height?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe press can accommodate workpieces up to 5 inches high.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the press body made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe body is made from heavy cast iron for strength and stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the ram and pinion made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth the ram and pinion are made from steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the purpose of the four-position anvil?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe anvil can be rotated to provide different support openings and positions for a variety of workpiece shapes and pressing applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the press weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listed gross weight is 14 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"None","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44730761511078,"sku":"B091","price":78.5,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/B091.png?v=1768231248"},{"product_id":"pipe-black-iron-0-75in-x-4ft","title":"BLACK IRON PIPE FOR PIPE CLAMPS 3\/4\" X 4","description":"\u003cp\u003ePipe clamps are a practical and economical choice for clamping panels, assemblies, and other woodworking projects. This 4-foot steel pipe is sized for use with standard 3\/4\" pipe clamps and comes threaded at one end for easy setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor shorter clamping applications, the pipe can be cut to the required length with a hacksaw. Its sturdy steel construction makes it well suited for regular workshop use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3\/4\" diameter steel pipe\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4' overall length\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThreaded at one end\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatible with standard 3\/4\" pipe clamps\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan be cut shorter to suit different clamping applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDurable steel construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for panel clamping and general woodworking setups\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePipe clamp hardware not included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiameter: 3\/4\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLength: 4'\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThreading: Threaded at one end\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: Steel pipe\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFAQ\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size pipe clamps is this pipe compatible with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed for use with standard 3\/4\" pipe clamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the pipe threaded?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It is threaded at one end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the pipe be shortened?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It can be cut to a shorter length with a hacksaw to suit your clamping setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the pipe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe pipe is 4' long.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the pipe clamp included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The pipe clamp hardware is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"None","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44816492462246,"sku":"B16304","price":24.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/B16304_1.jpg?v=1726164317"},{"product_id":"honing-jointer-knife-tool","title":"HONING JOINTER KNIFE TOOL","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"476\"\u003eThis Honing Jointer Knife Tool is designed to restore the edge on jointer and planer knives without the need to remove them from the machine, saving time and reducing setup hassle. Ideal for woodworkers looking to maintain razor-sharp blades, this tool uses precision-ground aluminum oxide stones to hone both knives simultaneously and evenly, ensuring optimal cutting performance. Its easy-to-use design ensures consistent results and extended blade life with minimal effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"478\" data-end=\"491\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"478\" data-end=\"491\"\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"492\" data-end=\"794\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"492\" data-end=\"567\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"494\" data-end=\"567\"\u003eSharpens jointer and planer knives without removing them from the machine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"568\" data-end=\"622\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"570\" data-end=\"622\"\u003eHoning guide ensures even contact across knife edges\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"623\" data-end=\"675\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"625\" data-end=\"675\"\u003eDual stone design hones both knives simultaneously\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"676\" data-end=\"736\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"678\" data-end=\"736\"\u003eDesigned for ease of use and consistent sharpening results\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"737\" data-end=\"794\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"739\" data-end=\"794\"\u003eHelps prolong the lifespan of jointer and planer blades\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"796\" data-end=\"815\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"796\" data-end=\"815\"\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"816\" data-end=\"844\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"816\" data-end=\"844\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"818\" data-end=\"844\"\u003eStone Type: Aluminum Oxide\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"846\" data-end=\"861\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"846\" data-end=\"861\"\u003eComes With:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"862\" data-end=\"915\" data-is-last-node=\"\" data-is-only-node=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"862\" data-end=\"880\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"864\" data-end=\"880\"\u003eHoning tool body with 180-400 grit aluminum oxide stone\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"None","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44816494854310,"sku":"B1659","price":3.5,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/B1659.png?v=1768231311"},{"product_id":"castor-utility-w-brakes-plate-type-2in-4pc","title":"2\" CASTERS 4PC SET WITH BRAKES","description":"\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; line-height: normal;\"\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003eThe Utility Casters - Plate Style 4pc. Set - 2\" are designed for heavy-duty applications, making them ideal for use with dollies, work tables, and other equipment where weight handling is a key consideration. These swivel casters come with a side brake for positive locking, ensuring stability and safety during use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; line-height: normal; mso-outline-level: 3;\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; margin-left: .5in; text-indent: -.25in; line-height: normal; mso-list: l1 level1 lfo1; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\u003c!-- [if !supportLists]--\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: Arial; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"mso-list: Ignore;\"\u003e1.\u003cspan style=\"font: 7.0pt 'Times New Roman';\"\u003e  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c!--[endif]--\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003eHeavy-Duty Design\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003e: Built to support substantial weight, making them perfect for industrial and commercial applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; margin-left: .5in; text-indent: -.25in; line-height: normal; mso-list: l1 level1 lfo1; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\u003c!-- [if !supportLists]--\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: Arial; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"mso-list: Ignore;\"\u003e2.\u003cspan style=\"font: 7.0pt 'Times New Roman';\"\u003e  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c!--[endif]--\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003eSwivel Action\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003e: Allows for smooth and easy maneuverability in all directions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; margin-left: .5in; text-indent: -.25in; line-height: normal; mso-list: l1 level1 lfo1; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\u003c!-- [if !supportLists]--\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: Arial; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"mso-list: Ignore;\"\u003e3.\u003cspan style=\"font: 7.0pt 'Times New Roman';\"\u003e  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c!--[endif]--\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003ePositive-Lock Brake\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003e: Side brake ensures the caster remains securely in place when engaged.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; margin-left: .5in; text-indent: -.25in; line-height: normal; mso-list: l1 level1 lfo1; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\u003c!-- [if !supportLists]--\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: Arial; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"mso-list: Ignore;\"\u003e4.\u003cspan style=\"font: 7.0pt 'Times New Roman';\"\u003e  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c!--[endif]--\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003eWide Compatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003e: Suitable for various equipment like dollies and work tables.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; margin-left: .5in; text-indent: -.25in; line-height: normal; mso-list: l1 level1 lfo1; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\u003c!-- [if !supportLists]--\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: Arial; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"mso-list: Ignore;\"\u003e5.\u003cspan style=\"font: 7.0pt 'Times New Roman';\"\u003e  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c!--[endif]--\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003e: Made from high-quality materials to ensure long-lasting performance.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; line-height: normal; mso-outline-level: 3;\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul type=\"disc\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; line-height: normal; mso-list: l0 level1 lfo2; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003eSize\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003e: 2 inches\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; line-height: normal; mso-list: l0 level1 lfo2; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003e: 220 lbs for a set of 4\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; line-height: normal; mso-list: l0 level1 lfo2; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003eBrake Type\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003e: Side brake for positive locking\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; line-height: normal; mso-list: l0 level1 lfo2; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003eQuantity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003e: 4 casters per set\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; line-height: normal; mso-list: l0 level1 lfo2; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003eMounting Style\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003e: Plate\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; line-height: normal; mso-outline-level: 3;\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003eComes With\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul type=\"disc\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; line-height: normal; mso-list: l2 level1 lfo3; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003e4 x 2\" Utility Casters with Plate Style Mounting\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; line-height: normal; mso-list: l2 level1 lfo3; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003eSide Brakes for Positive Locking\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; line-height: normal; mso-list: l2 level1 lfo3; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\" style=\"mso-fareast-font-family: 'Times New Roman'; mso-fareast-language: EN-CA;\"\u003eUser Manual\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"None","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44816498196646,"sku":"B17862","price":16.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_eb8b6f29-606b-4998-a23b-ae28cf4d2047.jpg?v=1724318607"},{"product_id":"castor-utility-w-brakes-plate-type-3in-4pc","title":"3\" CASTERS 4PC SET WITH BRAKES","description":"\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eThe Utility Casters - Plate Style 4pc. Set - 3\" are designed for heavy-duty applications, making them ideal for use with dollies, work tables, or any other situation where weight is a significant factor. These swivel casters feature a side brake designed for a positive-lock brake, ensuring stability and safety during use. Each set of four casters has a combined load capacity of 360 lbs, providing robust support for your equipment and projects.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin-top: 0in;\" type=\"disc\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l0 level1 lfo1; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eHeavy Duty Construction:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e Suitable for heavy-weight applications such as dollies and work tables.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l0 level1 lfo1; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eSwivel Design:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e Allows for easy maneuverability and smooth movement.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l0 level1 lfo1; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eSide Brake:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e Equipped with a positive-lock brake for enhanced stability and safety.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l0 level1 lfo1; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eHigh Load Capacity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e Supports up to 360 lbs per set of four casters.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin-top: 0in;\" type=\"disc\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l1 level1 lfo2; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eCaster Type:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e Swivel with Plate Mount\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l1 level1 lfo2; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eWheel Diameter:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e 3 inches\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l1 level1 lfo2; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eLoad Capacity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e 360 lbs per set of 4\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l1 level1 lfo2; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eBrake Type:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e Side brake with positive lock\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"None","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44816498229414,"sku":"B17863","price":21.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_f2712d4b-62be-4dd4-87b2-77e67da39235.jpg?v=1724318610"},{"product_id":"fence-tablesaw-align-a-rip-cap-30in-b231830n","title":"30\" TABLE SAW FENCE","description":"\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe ALIGN-A-RIP B231830N is an aftermarket table saw fence system designed to improve accuracy, stability and versatility in the workshop. Its square steel rails provide a rigid foundation, while the 41\" aluminum extrusion fence includes T-slots on both sides for attaching compatible jigs and accessories.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA front-locking mechanism helps keep the fence securely aligned during use. The optical cursor features both metric and inch scales, allowing measurements to be read in the preferred system. Designed to fit most table saws, this aftermarket fence requires mounting holes to be drilled in the angle irons during installation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-spread=\"false\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFront-locking fence system supports accurate and stable positioning\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSquare steel rails provide strength and rigidity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAluminum extrusion fence offers durability without excessive bulk\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eT-slots on both sides allow compatible accessories and jigs to be attached\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOptical cursor supports clear measurement alignment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncludes both metric and inch measurement scales\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for use with most table saws\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eManufactured in Taiwan at an ISO 9001-certified facility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAftermarket design allows installation on a range of table saw configurations\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-spread=\"false\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBrand: ALIGN-A-RIP\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eModel: B231830N\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct Type: Aftermarket table saw fence\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFence Size: 30\"\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFence Length: 41\"\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFence Material: Aluminum extrusion\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRail Material: Square steel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFence Locking Position: Front\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMeasurement Scales: Metric and imperial\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWeight: 23 kg\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCountry of Manufacture: Taiwan\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInstallation Requirement: Mounting holes must be drilled in the angle irons to fit the table saw\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eComes With\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-spread=\"false\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e30\" table saw fence system\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSquare steel rails\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAluminum extrusion fence\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOptical cursor with metric and inch scales\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFAQ\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWill this fence fit my table saw?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe B231830N is designed to fit most table saws. Because it is an aftermarket fence, installation requires holes to be drilled in the angle irons to match the mounting points on the saw.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDoes the fence include metric and imperial measurements?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYes. The optical cursor includes both metric and inch scales.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat is the fence made from?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe system uses square steel rails and an aluminum extrusion fence.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat are the T-slots used for?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe T-slots on both sides of the fence can be used to attach compatible jigs, fixtures and accessories.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHow does the fence lock in place?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe fence uses a front-locking mechanism to help maintain alignment and stability during cutting.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHow long is the fence?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe aluminum extrusion fence is 41\" long.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDoes installation require drilling?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYes. Holes must be drilled in the angle irons to fit the fence system to the desired table saw.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhere is the fence manufactured?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe fence is manufactured in Taiwan at an ISO 9001-certified factory.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"None","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44816537714854,"sku":"B231830N","price":379.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_0eb2b305-8ac4-4861-91d2-8cd1f5d3bbf2.jpg?v=1724319372"},{"product_id":"sanding-pack-4pc-set-turnerft-s-1in-x-20ft","title":"SANDING PACK 4PC SET TURNERS 1\" X 20'","description":"\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned with woodturning projects in mind, this sanding pack makes it easy to work through multiple grits as you prepare a surface for finishing. Each roll is 1\" wide, allowing the abrasive to conform more easily to curves, contours, and detailed areas commonly found on turned workpieces.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe cloth backing provides flexibility and durability for detailed sanding, while the included dispenser box keeps all four grits separated, organized, and ready to use. Simply pull out and tear off the length you need for the job. With 150, 240, 320, and 400 grit abrasives included, the pack is suitable for progressive sanding on turning projects as well as a variety of general woodworking applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncludes four abrasive grits for progressive sanding\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCloth-backed abrasive provides flexibility for sanding curves, contours, and detailed areas\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1\" wide strips are well suited to turned woodworking projects\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach roll provides 20' of abrasive material\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDispenser box keeps individual grits separated and organized\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAllows users to tear off only the length required for each task\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for woodturning and general woodworking projects\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAbrasive Type: Cloth-backed\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRoll Width: 1\"\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRoll Length: 20' each\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNumber of Rolls: 4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGrits Included: 150, 240, 320, 400\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTotal Abrasive Length: 80'\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eComes With\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1 x 1\" x 20' roll of 150 grit abrasive\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1 x 1\" x 20' roll of 240 grit abrasive\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1 x 1\" x 20' roll of 320 grit abrasive\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1 x 1\" x 20' roll of 400 grit abrasive\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDispenser box\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFAQ\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat grits are included in the sanding pack?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe pack includes 150, 240, 320, and 400 grit abrasive rolls.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHow large is each abrasive roll?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach roll measures 1\" wide by 20' long.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIs this sanding pack suitable for woodturning?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYes. The narrow, flexible cloth-backed abrasive strips are well suited to sanding curves, contours, and detailed areas on turned projects.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCan these abrasives be used for general woodworking?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYes. In addition to woodturning, the abrasive rolls can be used for a variety of general woodworking sanding applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHow are the abrasive rolls stored?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe four rolls are supplied in a dispenser box that keeps the different grits separated and organized while allowing you to pull out and tear off the length you need.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"margin-bottom: 0in; margin-top: 0in; mso-margin-bottom-alt: 8.0pt; mso-margin-top-alt: 0in; mso-add-space: auto;\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"None","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44816547512486,"sku":"B2414","price":15.5,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/B2414.png?v=1768231348"},{"product_id":"castor-4in-swivel-w-brake-capacity-65kg","title":"4\" SWIVEL BRAKE CASTER 65KG CAPACITY","description":"\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Heavy Duty 4\" Swivel Caster is designed to provide smooth movement and dependable support for mobile equipment, carts, workbenches, and other heavy-duty applications. Its shielded ball bearing is protected by a steel hub for durability and consistent operation, while the hard rubber tire rolls easily across a variety of surfaces.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA dual-locking mechanism secures both the wheel and the swivel, helping keep equipment stable when movement is not required. With a load capacity of up to 150 lb per caster, it is suitable for industrial, commercial, workshop, and home use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-spread=\"false\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e4\" swivel caster for mobile equipment and work surfaces\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSupports up to 150 lb per caster\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eShielded ball bearing supports smooth operation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSteel hub helps protect the bearing and improve durability\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHard rubber tire provides controlled movement across multiple surfaces\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDual-lock mechanism secures both the wheel and swivel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for industrial, commercial, workshop, and home applications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncludes mounting hardware and installation instructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-spread=\"false\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct Type: Heavy-duty swivel caster\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWheel Diameter: 4\"\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLoad Capacity: 150 lb per caster\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHub Material: Steel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTire Material: Hard rubber\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBearing Type: Shielded ball bearing\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLocking Mechanism: Dual lock for wheel and swivel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuantity: 1 caster\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eComes With\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-spread=\"false\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1 heavy-duty 4\" swivel caster\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMounting hardware\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInstallation guide\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFAQ\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this caster?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe caster supports up to 150 lb.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDoes the locking mechanism stop both wheel movement and swivelling?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYes. The dual-lock mechanism secures both the wheel and the swivel.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat is the tire made from?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe tire is made from hard rubber.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat size is the caster wheel?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe wheel has a 4\" diameter.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat types of applications is it suitable for?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIt can be used on carts, workbenches, mobile equipment, and similar industrial, commercial, workshop, or home applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIs mounting hardware included?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYes. Mounting hardware and an installation guide are included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"mso-margin-top-alt: auto; mso-margin-bottom-alt: auto; mso-add-space: auto; line-height: normal;\" class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 12.0pt;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"None","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44816548364454,"sku":"B2420SW","price":16.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_b5c2428b-0cf2-40d6-b8a9-32d15e5e8d7f.jpg?v=1724319625"},{"product_id":"t-bolts-1-4in-20-x-1-3-4in-10pc-set","title":"T-BOLTS 1\/4\" - 20 X 1 3\/4\" 10PC\/SET","description":"\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eThe B2493134 T-Bolts are high-quality fasteners designed for secure and adjustable connections in T-slots, jigs, and fences. Made from durable brass with a copper-plated finish, these bolts provide excellent corrosion resistance and conductivity. Their precise dimensions ensure a snug fit, making them an essential component for woodworking, metalworking, and fixture-building applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin-top: 0in;\" type=\"disc\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l1 level1 lfo1; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eMade from \u003cb\u003ebrass with copper plating\u003c\/b\u003e for durability and corrosion resistance.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l1 level1 lfo1; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e1\/4\" - 20 thread size\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e, compatible with standard nuts and clamps.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l1 level1 lfo1; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eDesigned to fit \u003cb\u003eT-slots in jigs and fences\u003c\/b\u003e for secure fastening.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l1 level1 lfo1; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eLow-profile bolt head allows smooth sliding and easy adjustments.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l1 level1 lfo1; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eVersatile use in \u003cb\u003ewoodworking, metalworking, and fixture-building\u003c\/b\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin-top: 0in;\" type=\"disc\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l0 level1 lfo2; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eMaterial: Copper-plated brass\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l0 level1 lfo2; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eThread Size: 1\/4\" - 20\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l0 level1 lfo2; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eBolt Head Dimensions: \u003cb\u003e5\/8\" x 7\/16\" x 3\/32\" thick\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l0 level1 lfo2; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eBolt Length: \u003cb\u003e1 3\/4\"\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l0 level1 lfo2; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eQuantity: \u003cb\u003e10 per package\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eComes With:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin-top: 0in;\" type=\"disc\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l2 level1 lfo3; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e10 T-Bolts (1\/4\" - 20) in a package\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e, ready for immediate use.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"None","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44816553115814,"sku":"B2493134","price":8.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_2b5a2504-17eb-4500-8c5f-dfb33c8af3b4.jpg?v=1724319746"},{"product_id":"t-bolts-1-4in-20-x-2-1-4in-10pc-set","title":"T-BOLTS 1\/4\" - 20 X 2 1\/4\" 10PC\/SET","description":"\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eThe B2493214 T-Bolts are designed for versatility and reliability in woodworking and metalworking applications. Made from copper-plated brass, these T-bolts are perfect for securing jigs, fixtures, and fences in T-slots, providing a strong and stable connection. With a precise design and durable construction, they are an essential addition to any workshop.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin-top: 0in;\" type=\"disc\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l0 level1 lfo1; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eDurable Material:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e Made from copper-plated brass for strength, corrosion resistance, and long-lasting performance.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l0 level1 lfo1; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eT-Slot Compatibility:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e Ideal for use in jigs, fixtures, and many fences, ensuring secure and precise setups.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l0 level1 lfo1; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003ePrecision-Machined Bolt Head:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e Dimensions of 5\/8\" x 7\/16\" x 3\/32\" thick for a perfect fit in standard T-slots.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l0 level1 lfo1; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eOptimal Length:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e 2 1\/4\" long bolts to accommodate a variety of applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l0 level1 lfo1; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eMultipack for Convenience:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e Includes 10 T-bolts, ensuring you have enough for multiple setups or replacements.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin-top: 0in;\" type=\"disc\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l1 level1 lfo2; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e Copper-plated brass for durability and corrosion resistance.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l1 level1 lfo2; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eThread Size:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e 1\/4\" - 20, suitable for a wide range of applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l1 level1 lfo2; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eBolt Head Dimensions:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e 5\/8\" x 7\/16\" x 3\/32\" thick.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l1 level1 lfo2; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eBolt Length:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e 2 1\/4\" for versatile use in different projects.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l1 level1 lfo2; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e 10 T-bolts per package.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eComes With\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin-top: 0in;\" type=\"disc\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l2 level1 lfo3; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e10 \u003cb\u003eT-Bolts (1\/4\" - 20 x 2 1\/4\")\u003c\/b\u003e in one set.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"None","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44816553181350,"sku":"B2493214","price":8.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_aea781c5-c96f-4ff4-bbb3-5a09c6cf3cd4.jpg?v=1724319750"},{"product_id":"castor-5in-plate-mounted-with-brake","title":"5\" PLATE MOUNTED CASTER WITH BRAKE","description":"\u003cp\u003eThese 5\" industrial casters are designed to handle heavy weights for the most demanding applications. Ideal for use on carts, towlines, AGVs, and other equipment requiring robust and reliable mobility solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100kg weight capacity for demanding applications\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRubber tire\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwivel and brake type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 5\"\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 100kg\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTire Material: Rubber\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: Swivel with brake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComes With\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 5\" Industrial Caster (Swivel \u0026amp; Brake)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"None","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44816553574566,"sku":"B2496B","price":9.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/B2496B_1.png?v=1769106494"},{"product_id":"glue-titebond-iii-ultimate-gal","title":"TITEBOND III GLUE  ULTIMATE GAL","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003c!-- mceItemMediaService_youtube:{\"id\":\"1nEgFzKl60g\",\"width\":440,\"height\":330} --\u003e\u003c!-- do not directly edit this HTML, it will be overwritten by the mediaservice plugin --\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"440\" height=\"330\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/1nEgFzKl60g?fs=1\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c!-- \/mceItemMediaService --\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTitebond III Ultimate Wood Glue combines proven waterproof performance with the convenience of a one-part, water-cleanup formula. Designed for both interior and exterior applications, it delivers superior bond strength, strong initial tack, and a longer open assembly time for easier positioning during glue-ups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts waterproof formula passes the ANSI\/HPVA Type I water-resistance specification. Titebond III is also non-toxic, solvent-free, and cleans up with water while wet, making it a practical alternative to traditional waterproof wood glues. Once dry, it sands easily without softening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFDA approval for indirect food contact makes Titebond III suitable for projects such as cutting boards when used as directed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProven waterproof formula\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePasses the ANSI\/HPVA Type I water-resistance specification\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for interior and exterior woodworking applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuperior bond strength\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStrong initial tack\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLonger open assembly time for easier positioning\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLower application temperature than many traditional wood glues\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne-part formula requires no mixing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-toxic and solvent-free\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleans up with water while wet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSands easily without softening\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFDA approved for indirect food contact, including cutting boards\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduct Type: Wood glue\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContainer Size: 1 gallon\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFormula: One-part, water-cleanup adhesive\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater Resistance: Waterproof\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater-Resistance Standard: ANSI\/HPVA Type I\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended Use: Interior and exterior woodworking\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleanup: Water while wet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFood Contact: FDA approved for indirect food contact\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFAQ\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Titebond III suitable for outdoor projects?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Its waterproof formula makes it suitable for both interior and exterior woodworking applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Titebond III require mixing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Titebond III is a one-part adhesive and is ready to use directly from the container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean up excess glue?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean up wet glue with water. Dried adhesive may require mechanical removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this glue be used for cutting boards?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Titebond III is FDA approved for indirect food contact, making it suitable for cutting boards when used as directed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Titebond III sand easily?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Once dry, it sands easily without softening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much glue is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis container includes 1 gallon of Titebond III Ultimate Wood Glue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #ff0000;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNote: In-Store Pick Up ONLY. Item Cannot be shipped.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Titebond","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44816555606182,"sku":"B2516","price":59.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_3bf8b6c5-c336-42ae-a99a-e93b1be78f5d.jpg?v=1724319814"},{"product_id":"utility-track-24in","title":"24\" ALUMINUM UTILITY T TRACK","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eThe 24” Utility Track from Craftex is designed for creating custom shop jigs. Its solid aluminum construction ensures durability and reliability. This track can be mounted with screws or epoxy, making it versatile for various applications. It uses standard 1\/4\" - 20 hex bolts, and for a flush mount, it requires 3\/4\" material.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eDurable Construction: Made from solid aluminum, ensuring long-lasting use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eVersatile Mounting: Can be mounted with screws or epoxy.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eStandard Compatibility: Uses standard 1\/4\" - 20 hex bolts.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eFlush Mount: Requires 3\/4\" material for a flush mount.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eMaterial: Solid Aluminum\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eDimensions: 24\" length, 3\/4\" width, 3\/8\" depth\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eMounting Options: Screws or epoxy\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eBolt Size: Standard 1\/4\" - 20 hex bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eComes With:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eUtility Track (24\" length)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"None","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44816556523686,"sku":"B2528","price":11.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_60565fc1-f296-404d-be89-4252833f57bf.jpg?v=1724319836"},{"product_id":"utility-track-36in","title":"36\" ALUMINUM UTILITY T TRACK","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eThe 36\" Aluminum Utility T Track from Craftex is perfect for creating custom shop jigs. Constructed from solid aluminum, this T track offers durability and versatility, making it an essential component for woodworking projects that require precise alignment and secure holds.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eSolid aluminum construction for durability.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eSuitable for creating custom shop jigs.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eCompatible with various T-bolts and hex bolts.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eUses standard 1\/4\" - 20 hex bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003ePre-drilled holes for easy installation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eLength: 36 inches\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eMaterial: Aluminum\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e3\/4\" x 3\/8\" requires 3\/4\" material for flush mount\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eComes With:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e36\" Aluminum Utility T Track\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"None","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44816557506726,"sku":"B2529","price":14.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_758ba9d4-3f95-4809-af6f-2b1f6033e97f.jpg?v=1724319838"},{"product_id":"steel-square-set-4-pc-2in-3in-4in-and-6in","title":"STEEL SQUARE SET  4 PC: 2\" , 3\" 4\" \u0026 6\"","description":"\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGROZ 4-Piece Steel Square Set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe GROZ 4-Piece Steel Square Set provides a practical range of sizes for precision measurement, marking, and layout work. Suitable for woodworking, metalworking, and engineering applications, each square is made from hardened spring steel for lasting strength and resistance to wear.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe blade and stock are precision ground, while the working edges are lapped to support accurate 90-degree reference measurements. Tapered self-locking rivets securely fasten the blade to the stock for dependable stability during detailed workshop tasks. With 2\", 3\", 4\", and 6\" squares included, the set is well suited to projects ranging from small components to larger workpieces.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-spread=\"false\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFour square sizes for a variety of measurement and layout tasks\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMade from hardened spring steel for strength and durability\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePrecision-ground blade and stock for reliable measurement\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLapped working edges for accurate 90-degree reference work\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTapered self-locking rivets securely fasten the blade to the stock\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for woodworking, metalworking, and engineering applications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompact sizes are convenient for detailed work and confined areas\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-spread=\"false\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct Type: Steel square set\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNumber of Pieces: 4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSizes: 2\", 3\", 4\", and 6\"\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMaterial: Hardened spring steel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBlade Finish: Precision ground\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStock Finish: Precision ground\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRivet Type: Tapered self-locking rivets\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWorking Edges: Lapped for accuracy\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eComes With\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-spread=\"false\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2\" steel square\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e3\" steel square\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e4\" steel square\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e6\" steel square\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFAQ\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat sizes are included in the set?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe set includes 2\", 3\", 4\", and 6\" steel squares.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat are the squares made from?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach square is made from hardened spring steel for strength, durability, and resistance to wear.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat types of work can these squares be used for?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThey are suitable for precision measurement and 90-degree layout tasks in woodworking, metalworking, and engineering applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHow are the blades secured to the stocks?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach blade is fastened to the stock using tapered self-locking rivets for stability during use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAre the working edges finished for accuracy?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYes. The working edges are lapped, and the blade and stock are precision ground to support accurate measurement and layout work.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Groz","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44816561373350,"sku":"B2582","price":34.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/SmartSelect-20241008_225135_Amazon_Shopping.jpg?v=1730834928"},{"product_id":"chuck-4-jaw-for-wood-lathe","title":"4 JAW CHUCK FOR WOOD TURNING","description":"\u003cp\u003eDesigned for versatility at the lathe, this 4-jaw chuck offers dependable holding power for projects such as bowls, spindles and other turned workpieces. Its self-centering design helps align the workpiece accurately as the jaws are tightened, making setup faster and more consistent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chuck supports both internal and external gripping, giving woodturners flexibility when holding different workpiece shapes and sizes. One-handed tightening simplifies adjustment, while the enclosed back helps keep dust and debris out of the chuck mechanism for smoother operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdapter sleeves may be required depending on the lathe being used. Refer to the applicable accessories for compatible adapter options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelf-centering 4-jaw design for accurate workpiece alignment\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInternal and external gripping capability\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for bowls, spindles and a variety of woodturning projects\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne-handed tightening for convenient operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuick jaw adjustment for easier setup\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecure workpiece holding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnclosed back helps prevent dust and debris from entering the chuck mechanism\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for both beginner and experienced woodturners\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdapter sleeves may be required depending on lathe compatibility\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChuck Type: 4-Jaw Self-Centering Wood Lathe Chuck\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExternal Chucking Range: 32-70 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInternal Chucking Range: 46-84 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComes With\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChuck Body\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDovetail Jaw Set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eT-Bar Allen Key\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWood Screw\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFAQ\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a self-centering chuck?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The four jaws move together to help centre and securely hold the workpiece during setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the external chucking range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe external chucking range is 32 mm to 70 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the internal chucking range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe internal chucking range is 46 mm to 84 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the chuck grip both internally and externally?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It is designed for both internal and external gripping, providing flexibility for different turning applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat projects can this chuck be used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is suitable for a variety of woodturning applications, including bowls, spindles and other turned workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included with the chuck?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe chuck comes with the chuck body, dovetail jaw set, T-Bar Allen Key and wood screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this chuck fit every wood lathe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAn adapter sleeve may be required depending on the lathe. Refer to the applicable accessories to determine the correct adapter for your setup.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"None","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44816563404966,"sku":"B2618","price":89.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/B2618_5.png?v=1786292325"},{"product_id":"steel-square-4in","title":"STEEL SQUARE 4\"","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis 4-inch steel square is crafted from the finest tool steel, which is hardened and tempered for durability and precision. It features true right angles on both the inside and outside, making it ideal for accurate measurements and setups.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures\u003cbr\u003e•    High-Quality Material: Made of the finest tool steel, ensuring long-lasting durability.\u003cbr\u003e•    Hardened and Tempered: Enhanced strength and resistance to wear.\u003cbr\u003e•    True Right Angles: Perfectly square both inside and outside for accurate measurements.\u003cbr\u003e•    Precision Ground and Lapped: Beams and blades are ground and lapped for straightness and parallelism, ensuring precise measurements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003cbr\u003e•    Size: 4 inches\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComes with\u003cbr\u003e•    One 4-inch Steel Square per package\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Groz","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44816721281190,"sku":"B617","price":14.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_3b82dd1f-70c7-471c-8926-5427197698c9.jpg?v=1724321172"},{"product_id":"spring-clamp-4in","title":"4\" SPRING CLAMP","description":"\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eThe Spring Clamp, Size 4\", is a versatile and reliable tool designed to firmly hold together various materials such as wood, plastics, cloth, and more during cutting, machining, gluing, or fastening tasks. With a maximum opening of 1 inch, this clamp provides a strong, secure grip, ensuring your materials stay in place while you work. Its compact size and powerful spring action make it an essential tool for both professionals and DIY enthusiasts, offering ease of use and consistent performance across a wide range of applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin-top: 0in;\" type=\"disc\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l0 level1 lfo1; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eStrong Grip:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e Powerful spring action ensures a firm hold on materials, preventing slippage during work.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l0 level1 lfo1; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eVersatile Use:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e Ideal for holding together wood, plastics, cloth, and other materials during various tasks like cutting, machining, gluing, and fastening.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l0 level1 lfo1; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eCompact Design:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e The 4-inch size is perfect for small to medium-sized projects, offering ease of use and storage.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l0 level1 lfo1; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eDurable Construction:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e Made from high-quality materials for long-lasting durability and consistent performance.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l0 level1 lfo1; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eNon-Marring Tips:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e Protects your work surface from damage while providing a secure grip.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin-top: 0in;\" type=\"disc\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l1 level1 lfo2; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eSize:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e 4 inches\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l1 level1 lfo2; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eMaximum Opening:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l1 level1 lfo2; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e High-strength plastic or metal construction \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l1 level1 lfo2; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eGrip Type:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e Ergonomic handles with non-slip surface\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"margin-left: .25in;\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eComes With:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin-top: 0in;\" type=\"disc\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l2 level1 lfo3; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e1 x Spring Clamp, Size 4\"\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"None","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44816774889638,"sku":"B7884","price":3.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_39077cf8-9a6b-4096-96c7-5e0d77cbb93e.jpg?v=1724321365"},{"product_id":"spring-clamp-6in","title":"6\" SPRING CLAMP","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eThis 6-inch spring clamp is designed for firmly holding together various parts and materials such as wood, plastics, cloth, and more during cutting, machining, gluing, or fastening tasks. With a maximum opening of 2 inches, it ensures a secure grip on your projects.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eFEATURES\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin-top: 0in;\" type=\"disc\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l0 level1 lfo1; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eFirm Grip\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e: Strong clamping force to securely hold materials.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l0 level1 lfo1; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eVersatile Use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e: Ideal for wood, plastics, cloth, and other materials.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l0 level1 lfo1; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eConvenient Size\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e: 6-inch clamp with a 2-inch maximum opening for a wide range of applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin-top: 0in;\" type=\"disc\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l1 level1 lfo2; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eSize\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e: 6 inches\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l1 level1 lfo2; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eMax Opening\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003e: 2 inches\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eCOMES WITH\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin-top: 0in;\" type=\"disc\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\" style=\"mso-list: l2 level1 lfo3; tab-stops: list .5in;\"\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-CA\"\u003eOne 6-inch Spring Clamp per package\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"None","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44816774955174,"sku":"B7886","price":6.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_dd19fa29-5ad4-4649-81f4-f0075b017866.jpg?v=1724321367"},{"product_id":"dust-collector-1hp-570cfm-1-mic-bag-csa-ct053","title":"1HP DUST COLLECTOR","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003ca name=\"video\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe height=\"315\" width=\"560\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/MmWKqOoctC0\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"640\" data-start=\"41\"\u003eThe Craftex CT053 1 HP Dust Collector is one of Canada's most popular dust collection systems for hobbyists and small shop woodworkers. Designed to provide effective dust and chip collection from a single machine at a time, it generates an impressive 570 CFM of airflow while operating at a relatively quiet 65 dB. Its 1-micron upper filter bag helps capture fine airborne dust, while the transparent lower collection bag makes it easy to monitor debris levels and know when it's time to empty the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"640\" data-start=\"41\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCompact, lightweight, and powered by a standard 110V outlet, the CT053 is well suited for use with woodworking machines such as jointers, thickness planers, table saws, and other equipment equipped with a 4\" dust port. With no filter bag upgrades required and a durable design backed by a 3-year warranty, this dust collector is ready to help keep your shop cleaner and more comfortable from day one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"640\" data-start=\"41\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerful 1 HP motor operates on a standard 110V outlet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelivers up to 570 CFM of airflow for efficient dust and chip collection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for use with one machine at a time through a 4\" intake port\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1-micron upper filter bag helps capture fine dust particles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransparent lower collection bag allows easy monitoring of fill level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuiet operation at approximately 65 dB\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact footprint suitable for small and medium-sized workshops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design at only 30 kg for easy positioning in the shop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for larger woodworking machines including jointers and thickness planers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBacked by a 3-year manufacturer's warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"640\" data-start=\"41\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: CT053\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor: 1 HP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 110V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAirflow Capacity: 570 CFM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntake Port Diameter: 4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFiltration Rating: 1 Micron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNoise Level: 65 dB\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower Collection Bag: Transparent Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperating Dimensions: 15\" x 26\" x 60\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 30 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 3 Years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"640\" data-start=\"41\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComes With\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1-micron upper filter bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransparent lower collection bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4\" intake port\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"640\" data-start=\"41\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"640\" data-start=\"41\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size dust port does the CT053 use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe CT053 is equipped with a 4\" intake port and is designed to connect to one machine at a time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"640\" data-start=\"41\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this dust collector be used with a planer or jointer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"640\" data-start=\"41\"\u003eYes. With 570 CFM of airflow, the CT053 is suitable for larger woodworking machines such as jointers and thickness planers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"640\" data-start=\"41\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the dust collector include filtration bags?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The unit includes both a 1-micron upper filter bag and a transparent lower collection bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"640\" data-start=\"41\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it require a special electrical circuit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The 1 HP motor operates on a standard 110V power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"640\" data-start=\"41\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow loud is the CT053 during operation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe dust collector operates at approximately 65 dB, making it relatively quiet for a dust collection system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"640\" data-start=\"41\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs assembly required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Assembly is required before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"640\" data-start=\"41\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to upgrade the filter bags?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The included 1-micron filtration system is ready to use right out of the box. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"640\" data-start=\"41\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould plastic ducting be grounded?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. If you are using plastic ducting, grounding the dust collection system is recommended to help prevent static discharge. A compatible grounding kit is available separately (Item #W1053).\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Craftex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44816799989926,"sku":"CT053","price":255.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_77e4ffce-8d06-442b-8933-62957487e4e7.jpg?v=1724321773"},{"product_id":"jointer-6in-1hp-w-open-stand-csa-craftex-ct086","title":"JOINTER 6\" 1HP W\/OPEN STAND CSA CRAFTEX CT086","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEXCLUSIVE OFFER - Purchase this Jointer and get a FREE in-depth Jointer course covering over 2 hours of performance optimization, accessories, troubleshooting, and more. You will be emailed a link to the course after purchase. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.busybeetools.com\/pages\/woodworking-courses-featuring-steve-maxwell\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eClick here for more info\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CRAFTEX 6\" Jointer combines a 1 HP 110V motor, precision-ground cast iron tables and a 3-knife cutterhead to provide reliable edge jointing and flattening performance for small shops and home woodworking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for smaller workshops and hobby woodworking, this CRAFTEX 6\" Jointer offers a practical combination of power, accuracy and durability. The 1 HP, 110V ball-bearing motor drives a 3-knife HSS cutterhead at 5,000 RPM, providing the capacity needed for common jointing tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine features a 46-1\/4\" precision-ground cast iron table for stable workpiece support, along with inclined dovetail ways and precision gib adjustment for smooth, accurate table movement. Jackscrew knife adjustment helps simplify cutterhead setup and alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA centre-mounted precision-ground cast iron fence includes positive stops at 45° and 90°, while both tables are adjustable for setup flexibility. The rear table is also designed to support rabbet-cutting applications. An open steel stand with an enclosed chip chute provides a working height of 33-1\/2\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 HP, 110V ball-bearing motor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e110V only and cannot be converted to 220V\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e6\" jointer capacity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrecision-ground cast iron tables\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e46-1\/4\" long table for stable workpiece support\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInclined dovetail ways with precision gib adjustment\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3-knife HSS cutterhead\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutterhead speed of 5,000 RPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJackscrew knife adjustment\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximum depth of cut of 1\/2\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth tables are adjustable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRear table designed for rabbet cuts\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrecision-ground cast iron fence\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCentre-mounted fence design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePositive fence stops at 45° and 90°\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen steel stand\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnclosed chip chute\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncludes two safety push pads\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-year warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrand: CRAFTEX\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduct Type: 6\" Jointer\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMotor: 1 HP\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVoltage: 110V\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVoltage Conversion: Not convertible to 220V\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMotor Type: Ball Bearing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTable Size: 7-1\/2\" x 46-1\/4\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTable Material: Precision-Ground Cast Iron\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutterhead Knives: 3 HSS Knives\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutterhead Speed: 5,000 RPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnife Adjustment: Jackscrew\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximum Depth of Cut: 1\/2\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFence Size: 4-1\/2\" x 29-1\/2\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFence Material: Precision-Ground Cast Iron\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFence Stops: 45° and 90°\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorking Height: 33-1\/2\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStand Type: Open Steel Stand\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGross Weight: 99 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarton Dimensions: 21\" x 14-1\/2\" x 48\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty: 2 Years\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComes With\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2 Safety Push Pads\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional Equipment\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCT086006 - Extra Set of 3 HSS Knives\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFAQ\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat voltage does this jointer require?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe jointer operates on 110V power only and cannot be converted to 220V.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow large is the table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe precision-ground cast iron table measures 7-1\/2\" x 46-1\/4\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many knives are in the cutterhead?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe cutterhead uses three HSS knives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow fast does the cutterhead operate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe cutterhead operates at 5,000 RPM.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum depth of cut?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe maximum depth of cut is 1\/2\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this jointer be used for rabbet cuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The rear table is designed to support rabbet-cutting applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat fence angles are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe cast iron fence includes positive stops at 45° and 90°.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre safety push pads included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Two safety push pads are included as standard equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre replacement knives available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Model CT086006 is available as an optional set of three HSS knives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe jointer is backed by a 2-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Craftex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44816803692710,"sku":"CT086","price":699.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_4cb1c6f4-541f-4c2d-ac6b-b78c19275b3c.jpg?v=1724321922"},{"product_id":"forstner-bit-set-16pcs-craftex-ct117","title":"16PC PRECISION FORSTNER BIT SET","description":"\u003cp\u003eMade from high-quality T10 steel, these Forstner bits are designed for accurate, clean cutting with minimal tear-out. They are suitable for drilling in both end grain and cross grain, making the set a practical choice for cabinetry, furniture making, woodcraft, and general shop use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 16 sizes ranging from 1\/4\" to 2 1\/8\", the set provides the versatility needed for a variety of hole-boring applications. The included wooden storage case keeps the bits organized, protected, and easy to access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh-quality T10 steel construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to create clean, flat-bottomed holes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHelps minimize tear-out\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for end grain and cross grain\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWide size range for versatile woodworking applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for cabinetry, furniture making, woodcraft, and general shop use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3\/8\" shank\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncludes a wooden storage case\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrand: Craftex\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduct Type: Forstner bit set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNumber of Pieces: 16\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: T10 steel\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShank Size: 3\/8\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSizes Included: 1\/4\", 3\/8\", 1\/2\", 5\/8\", 3\/4\", 7\/8\", 1\", 1 1\/8\", 1 1\/4\", 1 3\/8\", 1 1\/2\", 1 5\/8\", 1 3\/4\", 1 7\/8\", 2\", and 2 1\/8\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComes With\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e16 Forstner bits\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWooden storage case\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFAQ\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of holes do these bits create?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese Forstner bits are designed to create clean, flat-bottomed holes with minimal tear-out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these bits be used in end grain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The bits are suitable for drilling in both end grain and cross grain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the smallest bit in the set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe smallest included size is 1\/4\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the largest bit in the set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe largest included size is 2 1\/8\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat shank size do the bits use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bit has a 3\/8\" shank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the set include a storage case?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The set comes with a wooden storage case to keep the bits organized and protected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg height=\"1013\" width=\"1275\" alt=\"ct117-1.jpg\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/ct117-1.jpg\" title=\"ct117-1.jpg\" class=\"__mce_add_custom__\"\u003e\u003cimg height=\"1013\" width=\"1275\" alt=\"ct117-2.jpg\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/ct117-2.jpg\" title=\"ct117-2.jpg\" class=\"__mce_add_custom__\"\u003e\u003cimg height=\"1020\" width=\"1275\" alt=\"ct117-3.jpg\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/ct117-3.jpg\" title=\"ct117-3.jpg\" class=\"__mce_add_custom__\"\u003e\u003cimg height=\"2500\" width=\"1275\" alt=\"ct117-4.jpg\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/ct117-4.jpg\" title=\"ct117-4.jpg\" class=\"__mce_add_custom__\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Craftex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44816809558182,"sku":"CT117","price":109.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_c03e0fca-33f5-40c2-85ce-cf93f9f9b41d.jpg?v=1724321986"},{"product_id":"blade-planer-3pc-set-dewalt","title":"BLADE PLANER 3PC\/SET DEWALT","description":"\u003cp\u003eKeep your DEWALT DW735 planer cutting properly with this replacement blade set. Designed specifically for the DW735 13\" planer, the knives include locator holes that help position and align each blade on the cutterhead when it is time for replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe locating-hole design simplifies installation and helps ensure consistent blade positioning across the cutterhead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReplacement blades for the DEWALT DW735 13\" planer\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for direct replacement on the DW735 cutterhead\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLocator holes help align knives during installation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHelps simplify blade changes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupports consistent knife positioning\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduct Type: Replacement Planer Blades\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatible Planer: DEWALT DW735\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlaner Capacity: 13\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlignment Feature: Locator Holes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFAQ\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat planer are these blades designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese replacement blades are designed for the DEWALT DW735 13\" thickness planer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the blades have alignment features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The knives include locator holes to help align them correctly on the cutterhead during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these intended as direct replacement knives?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. They are designed as replacement blades for the DW735 planer.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DeWalt","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44816828432550,"sku":"DW7352","price":109.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_90f3b095-925d-4746-8d86-f517227e59bd.jpg?v=1724322209"},{"product_id":"r-bit-shaker-door-set-2pcs","title":"SHAKER RAIL AND STILE BIT ROUTER BIT SET","description":"\u003cp\u003eBuilt for cabinet doors, panels, and other frame-and-panel projects, this matched rail and stile set makes it easier to produce clean, consistent joinery. Both bits feature a 1\/2\" shank and 15° cutting angle, while the included bearings allow guided cutting on straight or curved workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair the set with a compatible raised panel bit to create complete raised panel doors and decorative panels. The bits are supplied in a wooden storage box to keep the matched set organized and protected between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCraftex Blue Tornado bits are CNC machined for precise balance and smooth cutting performance. They are manufactured from 4140 and 5140 steel and heat treated for hardness and tensile strength. Tungsten micro-grain C3 carbide cutting edges provide durability and can be resharpened multiple times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-piece rail and stile router bit set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for rail and stile door joinery\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBearing-guided design for straight and curved work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for cabinet doors, panels, and frame-and-panel projects\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1\/2\" shank on both bits\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e15° cutting angle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCNC machined for precise balance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured from 4140 and 5140 steel\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeat treated for hardness and tensile strength\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTungsten micro-grain C3 carbide cutting edges\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarbide cutters can be sharpened multiple times\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnti-kickback design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-stick coating helps with pitch removal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAutomotive-style semi-transparent finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncludes wooden storage box\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLimited lifetime warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrand: Craftex Blue Tornado\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet Type: Rail and stile router bit set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNumber of Bits: 2\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRail Bit Cutting Length: 1-5\/8\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRail Bit Angle: 15°\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRail Bit Shank: 1\/2\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStile Bit Cutting Length: 1-5\/8\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStile Bit Angle: 15°\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStile Bit Shank: 1\/2\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBody Material: 4140 and 5140 steel\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutter Material: Tungsten micro-grain C3 carbide\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty: Limited lifetime warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComes With\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 x Rail router bit\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 x Stile router bit\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBearings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWooden storage box\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFAQ\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this rail and stile bit set used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed for creating matching joinery for rail and stile doors, cabinet doors, panels, and other frame-and-panel projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat shank size do the bits use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth bits use a 1\/2\" shank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these bits be used on curved work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The included bearings allow guided cutting on both straight and curved work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the cutting angle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth the rail and stile bits have a 15° cutting angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the cutting length?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth bits have a cutting length of 1-5\/8\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the cutters made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe cutting edges are made from tungsten micro-grain C3 carbide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the cutters be resharpened?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The supplied information states that the carbide cutters can be sharpened multiple times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a storage case included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The set comes in a wooden storage box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCraftex Blue Tornado router bits and shaper cutters are backed by a limited lifetime warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Craftex Blue Tornado","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44816905732262,"sku":"R947","price":109.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/R947-1.png?v=1768229366"},{"product_id":"dust-collection-accs-4pc-set","title":"4PC DUST COLLECTION KIT","description":"\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eConnect a new machine to your dust collection system with this economical four-piece kit. It includes the hose, universal dust hood, and clamps required to create a basic connection for one machine equipped with a 4\" dust collection port.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe 10' PVC hose provides useful reach between the machine and dust collector, while the two wire clamps help secure the connections at each end. Purchasing the components together offers a convenient alternative to sourcing each part individually.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-spread=\"false\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncludes the essential components required to connect one machine\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAll components are sized for 4\" dust collection ports\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e10' PVC hose provides flexible placement between equipment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUniversal dust hood supports a range of dust collection setups\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo wire clamps help secure the hose connections\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEconomical alternative to purchasing each component separately\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for setting up a basic single-machine dust collection connection\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-spread=\"false\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct Type: Single-machine dust collection kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePort Size: 4\"\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHose Diameter: 4\"\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHose Length: 10'\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHose Material: PVC\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNumber of Pieces: 4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMachine Connections Supported: 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eComes With\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-spread=\"false\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOne 10' x 4\" PVC hose\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOne universal dust hood\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo wire clamps\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFAQ\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat size dust collection ports does this kit fit?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAll included parts are sized for 4\" dust collection ports.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHow many machines can be connected with this kit?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe kit contains the components needed to connect one machine to a dust collection system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHow long is the included hose?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe included PVC hose is 10' long.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAre hose clamps included?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYes. The kit includes two wire clamps for securing the hose connections.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDoes the kit include a dust hood?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYes. One universal dust hood is included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHow many pieces are included in the kit?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe kit includes four pieces: one hose, one dust hood, and two wire clamps.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"None","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44816983654566,"sku":"W1054","price":56.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_82590a44-9a82-465b-8e9d-cea5f8980a5c.jpg?v=1724323972"},{"product_id":"abrasive-cleaner-1-1-2in-x-1-1-2in-x-8-1-2","title":"ABRASIVE CLEANER 1 1\/2\" X 1 1\/2\" X 8 1\/2","description":"\u003cp\u003eDesigned for routine sanding maintenance, this rubber abrasive cleaner removes resin, dust, and other clogging materials that can reduce sanding efficiency. Simply press the cleaner against a running sanding belt or disc to help clear the abrasive surface and restore more consistent cutting action.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for use with most standard belt and disc sanders, it offers a simple, cost-effective way to get more life from your abrasives before replacement is needed. It can be used for sanding applications involving wood, fiberglass, plastic, and metal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemoves built-up residue from sanding belts and discs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHelps restore abrasive cutting performance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHelps extend the usable life of sanding belts and discs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEasy to use against a running belt or disc\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorks with most standard belt and disc sanders\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for wood, fiberglass, plastic, and metal sanding applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDurable rubber construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduct Type: Abrasive belt and disc cleaner\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: Rubber\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize: 1-1\/2\" x 1-1\/2\" x 8-1\/2\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComes With\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 x Abrasive cleaner block\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFAQ\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does an abrasive cleaner do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt removes built-up residue and clogging material from sanding belts and discs to help restore abrasive performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you use it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePress the cleaner lightly against the running sanding belt or disc to remove accumulated debris.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it help extend the life of sanding belts and discs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. By removing clogging material, it can help restore cutting performance and reduce the need for premature abrasive replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sanding equipment is it compatible with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is suitable for use with most standard belt and disc sanders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials can it be used with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is suitable for sanding applications involving wood, fiberglass, plastic, and metal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the cleaner block?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe block measures 1-1\/2\" x 1-1\/2\" x 8-1\/2\".\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"None","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44817034281126,"sku":"15158","price":14.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/1515-1_c5af179e-5640-4f49-8baf-58600c6f0f40.png?v=1768229630"},{"product_id":"router-table-w-stand-and-fence-b2944","title":"ROUTER TABLE WITH FENCE AND STAND","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis router table combo provides a practical, ready-to-use routing station for home workshops and professional shops. The large 32 x 24-inch tabletop is made from 1-3\/8-inch-thick MDF, providing a broad and stable work surface for edge profiling, joinery, trimming, and other routing operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 32-inch aluminum miter track and 11-3\/4-inch aluminum T-track support accurate setup and accessory positioning. The universal 9 x 12-inch table insert provides a mounting area for a compatible router while keeping the work surface organized and accessible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 18-inch-long MDF fence includes a dust port, fluorescent plastic guard, aluminum track, and ruler label to support controlled and repeatable routing. A 34-inch-tall steel stand provides a comfortable working height, while four non-marring rubber feet improve stability and help protect the shop floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplete router table, fence, insert, and stand combination\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge 32 x 24-inch work surface supports a range of routing applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1-3\/8-inch-thick MDF tabletop provides a stable routing platform\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUniversal 9 x 12-inch table insert accommodates compatible router installations\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e32-inch aluminum miter track supports guides, jigs, and accessories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e11-3\/4-inch aluminum T-track allows adjustable accessory positioning\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1-inch-thick MDF fence provides rigid workpiece support\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFluorescent plastic guard improves visibility around the cutter area\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFence-mounted dust port helps capture chips and dust at the source\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAluminum fence track supports adjustable routing setups\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated ruler label helps with repeatable fence positioning\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e34-inch-high steel stand provides stable floor-standing support\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour non-marring rubber feet improve grip and protect floor surfaces\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for edge routing, profiling, trimming, and joinery tasks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTable Top\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLength: 32 inches\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWidth: 24 inches\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThickness: 1-3\/8 inches\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: MDF\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAluminum miter track length: 32 inches\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAluminum T-track length: 11-3\/4 inches\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTable insert size: 9 x 12 inches\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFence\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLength: 18 inches\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeight: 6 inches\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThickness: 1 inch\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: MDF\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eL-aluminum size: 4 x 4 x 33 inches\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust port size: 2-1\/2 to 3 inches\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGuard material: Fluorescent plastic\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAluminum miter track length: 18 inches\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRuler label length: 18 inches\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStand\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: Steel\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeight: 34 inches\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeet: Four non-marring rubber feet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComes With\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMDF router table top\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMDF router fence\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUniversal table insert\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAluminum miter track\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAluminum T-track\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFence-mounted dust port\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFluorescent plastic guard\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel stand\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour non-marring rubber feet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFAQ\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of work can this router table be used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be used for routing operations such as edge profiling, trimming, joinery, and other tasks that benefit from a stationary router setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the router table surface?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tabletop measures 32 inches long by 24 inches wide and is 1-3\/8 inches thick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the tabletop made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tabletop is made from MDF.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the router table include a fence?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It includes an 18-inch-long by 6-inch-high MDF fence with an aluminum track, ruler label, guard, and dust port.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size router insert is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included universal table insert measures 9 x 12 inches. Router compatibility should be confirmed before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size dust hose can be connected?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fence dust port is specified for 2-1\/2-inch to 3-inch connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the table include a stand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The combo includes a 34-inch-high steel stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the stand protect the shop floor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stand includes four non-marring rubber feet that improve grip and help prevent floor damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre tracks included for guides and accessories?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The tabletop includes a 32-inch aluminum miter track and an 11-3\/4-inch aluminum T-track. The fence also includes an 18-inch aluminum track.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"None","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44817110761638,"sku":"B2944","price":179.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_a54a256a-9d43-49db-90ec-c81ace4bbcc7.jpg?v=1724325601"},{"product_id":"planer-20in-5hp-4-knive-cutterhead-csa-cx20","title":"20\" PLANER 5HP","description":"\u003cp\u003eCX20 \u003cbr\u003e\u003ciframe height=\"270\" width=\"480\" src=\"https:\/\/www.dailymotion.com\/embed\/video\/x5pj748\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.dailymotion.com\/video\/x5pj748_15-and-20-heavy-duty-planers-craftex-cx-series-cx15-cx20-from-busy-bee-tools_lifestyle\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e15\" and 20\" Heavy Duty Planers Craftex CX...\u003c\/a\u003e \u003cem\u003eby \u003ca href=\"http:\/\/www.dailymotion.com\/busybeetools\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebusybeetools\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEXCLUSIVE OFFER - Purchase this Planer and get a FREE in-depth Planer course covering over 2 hours of performance optimization, accessories, troubleshooting, and more. You will be emailed a link to the course after purchase. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.busybeetools.com\/pages\/woodworking-courses-featuring-steve-maxwell\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eClick here for more info\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for heavy-duty workshop use, this 20\" planer provides the power and capacity needed to thickness wide boards accurately and efficiently. Its 5HP, 220V single-phase TEFC motor drives a four-knife high-speed steel cutterhead at 5,000 RPM for consistent material removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe precision-ground cast iron table and full cast iron extension wings provide solid support for larger workpieces. A rugged four-column support system helps maintain table stability and alignment throughout the adjustment range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDual feed speeds of 16 and 20 FPM allow the operator to balance productivity and surface finish for different materials and cutting conditions. A neutral feed position provides additional control during machine setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSolid serrated steel power-feed rollers help move stock through the planer, while board return rollers make repeated passes more convenient. The enclosed cabinet stand provides a stable base, and the integrated mobile system allows the planer to be repositioned within the shop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional features include a magnetic safety switch, shielded and permanently lubricated bearings, dual V-belt drive, and a 5\" dust chute for connection to a compatible dust collection system. The machine is finished in durable two-tone powder-coated paint and is backed by a three-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e20\" maximum cutting width\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePowerful 5HP, 220V, single-phase TEFC motor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour-knife high-speed steel cutterhead\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutterhead speed of 5,000 RPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximum cutting height of 8\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximum cutting depth of 1\/8\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrecision-ground cast iron table\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFull cast iron extension wings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRugged four-column table support\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDual feed speeds of 16 and 20 FPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeutral feed position\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSolid serrated steel power-feed rollers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoard return rollers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMagnetic safety switch\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShielded and permanently lubricated bearings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDual V-belt drive\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy-duty enclosed cabinet stand\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated mobile base\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5\" dust chute\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo-tone powder-coated finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree-year warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMotor: 5HP, 220V, single phase, TEFC\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximum Cutting Width: 20\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximum Cutting Height: 8\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximum Cutting Depth: 1\/8\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutterhead: Four HSS knives\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutterhead Speed: 5,000 RPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeed Speeds: 16 and 20 FPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeutral Feed Position: Yes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTable Size: 25-3\/4\" x 20\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust Chute Size: 5\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrive System: Dual V-belt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTable Support: Four columns\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeight: 395 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximate Shipping Weight: 410 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrate Dimensions: 48\" x 29\" x 39\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty: Three years\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFAQ\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum planing width?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planer can process stock up to 20\" wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum stock thickness?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum cutting height is 8\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum depth of cut?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum depth of cut is 1\/8\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of cutterhead does this planer use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt uses a four-knife cutterhead fitted with high-speed steel knives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat feed speeds are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planer provides feed speeds of 16 and 20 feet per minute, along with a neutral position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the benefit of the four-column support system?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe four-column design provides stable support for the table and helps maintain alignment during thickness adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the planer include extension tables?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It includes precision-ground cast iron extension wings for additional stock support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the planer be moved around the shop?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. An integrated mobile base is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size dust collection connection does it use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planer has a 5\" dust chute for connection to a compatible dust collection system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planer is covered by a three-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Craftex CX Series","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44817115480230,"sku":"CX20","price":2699.97,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_6256ccbc-3156-46f6-bbc5-f74073625b96.jpg?v=1724325718"},{"product_id":"sander-belt-and-disc-combo-csa-craftex-cx501","title":"12\" X 6\" BELT \u0026 DISC SANDER","description":"\u003cp\u003eBuilt for versatile sanding in the woodworking shop, the CX501 combines a large 12\" disc sander with a 6\" x 48\" belt sander in a single space-saving machine. Its 1-1\/2 HP, 110V TEFC motor provides dependable power for shaping, smoothing and finishing a wide range of workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth the disc and belt sanding tables tilt up to 45° for angled work, while the belt assembly can be positioned from horizontal to vertical through a 0° to 90° range. A quick-release belt tension system makes abrasive belt changes faster and easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX501 features a formed and welded steel body, shielded and permanently lubricated bearings and integrated dust collection to help keep the work area cleaner. Its powder-coated finish and heavy-duty construction make it a durable addition to serious woodworking shops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombines 12\" disc sanding and 6\" x 48\" belt sanding in one machine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1-1\/2 HP, 110V TEFC motor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e6\" x 48\" sanding belt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuick-release belt tension for easier belt changes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBelt assembly operates from 0° to 90° for horizontal or vertical sanding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e12\" sanding disc\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth sanding tables tilt up to 45°\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge 17.5\" x 10\" disc table\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e10\" x 8\" belt table\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated dust collection\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFormed and welded steel body\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePowder-coated finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShielded and permanently lubricated bearings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy-duty construction for workshop use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLimited 3-year warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in Taiwan\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModel: CX501\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrand: CRAFTEX CX-Series\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduct Type: Disc and Belt Sander Combo\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMotor: 1-1\/2 HP\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVoltage: 110V\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMotor Type: TEFC\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDisc Size: 12\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDisc Table Size: 17.5\" x 10\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBelt Size: 6\" x 48\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBelt Speed: 2500 RPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBelt Table Size: 10\" x 8\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTable Tilt: Up to 45°\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBelt Position Range: 0°-90°\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBody Construction: Formed and Welded Steel\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBearings: Shielded and Permanently Lubricated\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeight: 75 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApprox. Shipping Weight: 81 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrate Dimensions: 32\" x 31\" x 21\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCountry of Origin: Taiwan\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty: Limited 3 Years\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFAQ\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sanding functions does the CX501 provide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe CX501 combines a 12\" disc sander with a 6\" x 48\" belt sander.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the belt sander be used vertically and horizontally?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The belt assembly can be positioned from 0° to 90° for horizontal or vertical sanding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the sanding tables tilt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Both the disc and belt tables can tilt up to 45°.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size motor does the CX501 use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is powered by a 1-1\/2 HP, 110V TEFC motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow large is the belt sanding table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe belt table measures 10\" x 8\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow large is the disc sanding table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe disc table measures 17.5\" x 10\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the CX501 have dust collection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Integrated dust collection is built into the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow are sanding belts changed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe belt sander features a quick-release tension system to make belt changes easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe CX501 is backed by a limited 3-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Craftex CX Series","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44817115676838,"sku":"CX501","price":1199.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_06364e19-bbac-4cc7-b3b8-100325677a90.jpg?v=1724325740"},{"product_id":"sliding-table-attachement-cx205-and-cx206","title":"SLIDING TABLE ATTACHEMENT FOR TABLE SAWS CX205ST","description":"\u003cp\u003eCX205ST \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eSliding Table for CX205 and CX206 - Craftex CX-Series \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eThe CX205ST can fit both CX205 and CX206, giving your new CX Series table saw a heavy duty sliding table that will handle large stock. \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eThe table is made of heavy duty cast iron and measures in at 30\" x 18\". \u003cbr\u003eWith 12\" extension, 59\" aluminum fence and also features a stop extending to 100\", swing arm support and 1-1\/2\" solid steel rail with 60\" travel. \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eThe ultimate sliding table attachment for your \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.busybeetools.com\/categories\/Woodworking\/Table-Saws\/\"\u003etable saw\u003c\/a\u003e. \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eGross weight: 70 Kg \u003cbr\u003eCrate Size: 9-1\/2\" x 22\" x 87\" \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eNote: We recommend that when using this sliding table with your CX205 or CX206, the machine should either be bolted down or counterweighted for added safety. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Craftex CX Series","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44817116922022,"sku":"CX205ST","price":899.97,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_a6362e67-5af7-4e0a-b4ef-1ec5022bccff.jpg?v=1724325760"},{"product_id":"jointer-8in-3hp-4-knive-cutterhead-csa-cx08","title":"8\"JOINTER 3HP","description":"\u003cp\u003eCX08\u003cbr\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/MJdjUo_DTdk\" width=\"560\" height=\"315\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEXCLUSIVE OFFER - Purchase this Jointer and get a FREE in-depth Jointer course covering over 2 hours of performance optimization, accessories, troubleshooting, and more. You will be emailed a link to the course after purchase. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.busybeetools.com\/pages\/woodworking-courses-featuring-steve-maxwell\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eClick here for more info\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e8\" Parallelogram Jointer - Craftex CX-Series\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 8\" Jointer has the features any serious woodworker would be looking for. Starting with a powerful 3HP motor and a long 76 3\/8\" bed, this jointer is built to cut stock all day. Other features include parallelogram table adjustment, integrated mobile base, top mounted pedestal on\/off switch and overall heavy duty construction. Like all CX-Series machines, this unit features powder coated paint, sharp looking two tone colours and a full 3 year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFeatures\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePowerful 3HP, 220V, 1PH, TEFC motor\u003cbr\u003ePrecision Ground Cast Iron Bed\u003cbr\u003eParallelogram Table Adjustment\u003cbr\u003e4 H.S.S Knife Cutterhead\u003cbr\u003eShielded and Permanently Lubricated Bearings\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated Mobile Base\u003cbr\u003eTop Mounted On\/Off Switch\u003cbr\u003e4\" Dust Chute\u003cbr\u003eSingle V-Belt Drive\u003cbr\u003ePowder Coated Paint\u003cbr\u003eCSA Approved\u003cbr\u003e3 Year Warranty\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpecifications\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMotor - 3HP, 220V, 1PH, TEFC\u003cbr\u003eAmps - 15\u003cbr\u003eTable Size - 8\" x 76 3\/8\"\u003cbr\u003eCutterhead - 4 Knife H.S.S\u003cbr\u003eCutterhead Speed - 5350 RPM\u003cbr\u003eMax. Depth of Cut - 1\/8\"\u003cbr\u003eFence Size - 35\" x 5\" x 1 1\/4\"\u003cbr\u003eFence Stops - 45 \u0026amp; 90 degrees\u003cbr\u003eWeight - 230 kg\u003cbr\u003eApprox. Shipping Weight - 265 kg\u003cbr\u003eCarton Dimensions\u003cbr\u003eCarton 1 - 28\" x 18\" x 38\"\u003cbr\u003eCarton 2 - 24\" x 11\" x 81\"\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Craftex CX Series","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44817121738918,"sku":"CX08","price":1729.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_886042ff-0cf9-49ac-90e0-cbb1260a0fe1.jpg?v=1724325829"},{"product_id":"mortising-machine-with-tilting-head-csa-cx302","title":"MORTISING MACHINE WITH TILTING HEAD","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CX302 Mortising Machine with Tilting Head is built for accurate, repeatable mortising in a wide range of woodworking applications. Its heavy-duty cast iron construction provides a stable platform, while the 3\/4 HP motor delivers dependable power for chisels from 1\/4\" to 5\/8\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe head tilts from 0° to 30° to both the left and right, making it easier to create angled mortises without repositioning the workpiece. A rack-and-pinion head mechanism provides added leverage and controlled feed, while the gas head cylinder supports smooth vertical movement during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor repetitive work, the large sliding table offers 16\" of travel and helps position material accurately from cut to cut. A quick-release vise, adjustable depth and height stops, nine-position hold-down system, and long multi-position handle further improve setup, control, and ease of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinished in durable powder-coated paint with the distinctive CX-Series two-tone colour scheme, the CX302 is CSA approved and backed by a three-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTilting head adjusts from 0° to 30° left or right for angled mortising\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy-duty cast iron construction for stability and durability\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3\/4 HP motor provides dependable mortising power\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGas head cylinder supports smooth head movement\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRack-and-pinion head gears provide added leverage and feed control\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSliding table helps with accurate positioning and repetitive cuts\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e16\" sliding table travel\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdjustable depth and height stops for repeatable results\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLong multi-position operating handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNine-position hold-down system\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuick-release vise for faster workpiece setup\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChisel capacity from 1\/4\" to 5\/8\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDurable powder-coated finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCSA approved\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by a three-year warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModel: CX302\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMotor: 3\/4 HP\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVoltage: 110V\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePhase: Single phase\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage: 6A\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMotor speed: 1,720 RPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChisel capacity: 1\/4\" to 5\/8\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChuck capacity: 1\/2\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSliding table size: 20\" x 18-1\/4\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSliding table travel: 16\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximum chisel stroke: 6-1\/2\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximum distance from chisel to table with head extended: 9-1\/2\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximum distance from fence to centre: 3\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCapacity under hold-down: 5-3\/4\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFence size: 20\" x 3-9\/16\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall dimensions: 20\" x 16\" x 30\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeight: 62 kg (136 lbs.)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHead tilt range: 0° to 30° left and right\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertification: CSA approved\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty: 3 years\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComes With\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1\/4\" mortising chisel and bit\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5\/16\" mortising chisel and bit\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3\/8\" mortising chisel and bit\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1\/2\" mortising chisel and bit\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFAQ\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the CX302 cut angled mortises?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The head tilts from 0° to 30° to both the left and right for angled mortising.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat chisel sizes can the machine use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX302 has a chisel capacity of 1\/4\" to 5\/8\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich mortising chisels are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine comes with 1\/4\", 5\/16\", 3\/8\", and 1\/2\" mortising chisel and bit sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the table slide for repetitive cuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The sliding table provides 16\" of travel to help position workpieces accurately and make repetitive cuts more efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum chisel stroke?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum chisel stroke is 6-1\/2\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a stand included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. A powder-coated steel stand is available separately under model CX302ST.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat power supply does the CX302 require?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine operates on 110V single-phase power and draws 6 amps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the CX302 CSA approved?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The CX302 is CSA approved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX302 is backed by a three-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Craftex CX Series","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44817155621030,"sku":"CX302","price":699.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_fc908bea-6b40-4c92-8083-216a2c1b6676.jpg?v=1724326292"},{"product_id":"metal-lathe-12in-x28in-with-digital-readout-cx701","title":"12\" X 28\" METAL LATHE 1.5HP","description":"\u003cp\u003eBuilt for serious metalworking applications, the CX701 provides the capacity and control required for turning, facing, boring, threading, and other general machining operations. Its variable-speed system offers two ranges from 50 to 1,800 RPM, while the digital display allows the operator to monitor spindle speed during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hardened and precision-ground cast iron V-way bed, lubricated slideways, adjustable gibs, and a wide 7\" bed support stable carriage movement and accurate machining. Power longitudinal and cross feeds improve convenience during repeated cuts, while the gearbox supports both right- and left-hand thread cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe T-slotted cross slide provides additional setup flexibility, and the included 3-jaw and 4-jaw chucks, faceplate, steady rest, follow rest, tooling, and accessories make the CX701 well equipped for a broad range of shop projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.5 HP, 110V motor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDigital variable-speed display\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo variable spindle speed ranges from 50 to 1,800 RPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.5\" spindle bore\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePower longitudinal feed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePower cross feed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGearbox transmission\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupports right- and left-hand thread cutting\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCuts imperial and metric threads\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHardened and precision-ground cast iron V-way bed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e7\" bed width for added rigidity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLubricated slideways\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdjustable slideway gibs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eT-slotted cross slide\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh-quality belt and control board\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEasy-to-use carriage controls\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour-way tool post\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFull-length splash guard\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFull-length chip tray\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy-duty construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePowder-coated two-tone CX-Series finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3-year warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModel: CX701\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNominal Lathe Size: 12\" x 28\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMotor: 1.5 HP, 1.1 kW, 110V, 12.3A\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMotor Speed: 4,600 RPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistance Between Centres: 27.5\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwing Over Bed: 11.5\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwing Over Cross Slide: 6.5\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBed Width: 7\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle Bore: 1.5\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle Bore Taper: MT5\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle Speeds: Variable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLow Spindle Speed Range: 50 to 850 RPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh Spindle Speed Range: 110 to 1,800 RPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLongitudinal Feed Range: 0.07 to 0.40 mm per revolution\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNumber of Imperial Threads: 21\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImperial Thread Range: 8 to 56 TPI\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNumber of Metric Threads: 8\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetric Thread Range: 0.2 to 3.5 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximum Carriage Travel: 22\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximum Compound Slide Travel: 3\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximum Cross-Slide Travel: 5.5\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximum Tailstock Quill Travel: 3\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTailstock Quill Taper: MT3\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePacking Dimensions: 55\" x 27.5\" x 27\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNet Weight: 556 lbs. (250 kg)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximate Shipping Weight: 634 lbs. (285 kg)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty: 3 years\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComes With\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e8\" faceplate\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEight change gears\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximate 6-1\/4\" (160 mm) 3-jaw chuck\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximate 6-1\/4\" (160 mm) 4-jaw chuck\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExternal jaws for 3-jaw chuck\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteady rest\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow rest\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMT3 dead centre\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMT5-to-MT3 reducing sleeve\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour-way tool post\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFull-length splash guard\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePowder-coated chip tray\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOil gun\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree chuck keys\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen-end wrenches in 8-10 mm, 12-14 mm, and 17-19 mm sizes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHex wrenches in 3, 4, 5, 6, and 8 mm sizes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePhillips screwdriver\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlotted screwdriver\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToolbox\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFAQ\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the actual swing over the bed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplied specification lists an 11.5\" swing over the bed. The 12\" designation in the product name is the nominal machine size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the distance between centres?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe CX701 provides 27.5\" between centres.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this lathe have variable speed control?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It provides variable spindle speed across two ranges: 50 to 850 RPM and 110 to 1,800 RPM.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the digital readout display?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplied information identifies it as a digital variable-speed readout for monitoring spindle speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the CX701 have power cross feed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Power cross feed is included, along with power longitudinal feed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it cut both metric and imperial threads?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It supports 21 imperial thread sizes from 8 to 56 TPI and eight metric thread sizes from 0.2 to 3.5 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it cut left-hand threads?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The supplied features state that the lathe supports both right- and left-hand thread cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the spindle bore?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe spindle bore measures 1.5\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat spindle and tailstock tapers does it use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe spindle bore uses an MT5 taper, and the tailstock quill uses an MT3 taper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre both 3-jaw and 4-jaw chucks included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The lathe includes approximate 6-1\/4\" (160 mm) 3-jaw and 4-jaw chucks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it include supports for longer workpieces?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. A steady rest and follow rest are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe CX701 is backed by a 3-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Craftex CX Series","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44817167122598,"sku":"CX701","price":4599.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/cx701-square.png?v=1762971248"},{"product_id":"pattern-bit-set-6pc-craftex-blue-tornado","title":"6PC PATTERN ROUTER BIT SET","description":"This set of six pattern bits are useful in almost any shop. These bits are perfect for working with a pattern to make multiple, accurate parts. Bits come in 1\/4\" \u0026amp; 1\/2\" shank.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e SPECIFICATIONS\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Bit 1: 1\/4\" x 3\/4\" x 1\/2\"\u003cbr\u003e Bit 2: 1\/4\" x 5\/8\" x 25\/32\"\u003cbr\u003e Bit 3: 1\/4\" x 1\/2\" x 1\"\u003cbr\u003e Bit 4: 1\/2\" x 3\/4\" x 1\"\u003cbr\u003e Bit 5: 1\/2\" x 1-1\/8\" x 1-1\/2\"\u003cbr\u003e Bit 6: 1\/2\" x 3\/4\" x 2\" (with double bearing)\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Craftex Blue Tornado bits are CNC machined to have perfect balance and leave a smooth finish. All bits are manufactured from 4140 \u0026amp; 5140 steel and are put through a special heat treatment process to ensure proper hardness and tensile strength to prevent bending or breaking. Tungsten micro-grain C3 carbide gives the cutter long-lasting strength that can be sharpened many times over.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Craftex Blue Tornado bits have an anti-kickback design along with a non-stick coating for easy pitch removal. Finished with an automotive semi-transparent finish, to give a long-lasting shine. \u003cbr\u003e All Craftex Blue Tornado router bits and shaper cutters are backed by a limited, life-time warranty.\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Craftex Blue Tornado","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44817211719846,"sku":"R949","price":142.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_c917e755-38e9-468b-b24e-49ae707d5239.jpg?v=1724326529"},{"product_id":"dust-collector-1hp-craftex-cx-series-csa-cx404","title":"DUST COLLECTOR 1HP CRAFTEX CX SERIES","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/OzuaeaaiYQQ?controls=0\" width=\"560\" height=\"315\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Craftex CX-Series CX404 Dust Collector is designed to provide effective dust collection for medium to large woodworking machines. Its 1 HP, 110V motor drives a 10\" aluminum fin-style impeller, producing up to 825 CFM of airflow through a single 4\" intake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 1-micron upper filter bag helps capture fine dust, while the transparent lower collection bag makes it easy to monitor the fill level. The CX404 also includes a set of Easy-On lower bags featuring a patented belt-loop design. The clamp feeds directly through the bag loops, helping make bag installation and replacement faster and more convenient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour casters allow the collector to be moved between machines as needed. A power switch with a removable key helps prevent unauthorized operation, while the powder-coated two-tone finish provides the durable appearance associated with Craftex CX-Series machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in Taiwan at the same factory as the long-standing Craftex CT029N Dust Collector, the CX404 is backed by a three-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 HP motor provides dust collection for medium to large woodworking machines\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduces up to 825 CFM of airflow\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e10\" aluminum fin-style impeller\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1-micron upper filtration bag helps capture fine dust\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransparent lower bag allows easy fill-level monitoring\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncludes Easy-On lower collection bags\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePatented Easy-On belt loops allow the clamp to pass directly through the bag\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSingle 4\" dust intake\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour casters provide workshop mobility\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePower switch includes a removable safety key\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePowder-coated two-tone finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNoise rating of 72 dB\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in Taiwan\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree-year warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModel: CX404\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduct type: Dust collector\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMotor: 1 HP\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVoltage: 110V\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurrent: 7 amps\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAir suction capacity: 825 CFM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStatic pressure: 6\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImpeller: 10\" aluminum\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntake: One 4\" port\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpper filter bag: 1 micron\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLower bag volume: 2.67 cubic feet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLower bag type: Easy-On collection bags\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNoise rating: 72 dB\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMobility: Four casters\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSafety switch: Power switch with removable key\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeight: 27 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCountry of manufacture: Taiwan\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty: 3 years\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComes With\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1-micron upper filter bag\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransparent lower collection bag\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet of Easy-On lower collection bags\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour casters\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFAQ\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of machines is the CX404 designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX404 is designed for use with medium to large woodworking machines, including thickness planers and jointers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much airflow does the CX404 produce?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dust collector produces up to 825 CFM of airflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size dust port does it use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX404 has one 4\" dust intake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat filtration does the upper bag provide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included upper filter bag has a 1-micron filtration rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are Easy-On collection bags?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEasy-On bags use patented belt loops that allow the retaining clamp to pass directly through the bag, helping simplify installation and replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the dust collector be moved around the workshop?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Four included casters allow the unit to be moved between machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the power switch have a safety feature?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The power switch includes a removable key to help prevent unauthorized operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the collection bag capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lower bag has a volume of 2.67 cubic feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX404 is covered by a three-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Craftex CX Series","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44817217716390,"sku":"CX404","price":389.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_9f88965a-91f1-4334-94fe-a3d1daf5ad44.jpg?v=1724326608"},{"product_id":"lumber-rack-6-shelf-system-craftex","title":"6 SHELF LUMBER STORAGE RACK","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"565\"\u003eKeep lumber, pipes, molding, and other long materials neatly organized with this heavy-duty 6-shelf steel storage rack system featuring adjustable shelf positions and a 660 lb total weight capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"565\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Craftex 6-Shelf Lumber Rack System is a practical storage solution designed to help maximize wall space while keeping long materials organized and easy to access. Built from durable steel and finished with a protective powder coating, this rack is engineered to provide reliable support for lumber, pipe, trim, molding, and other workshop materials. The six adjustable storage arms allow you to customize shelf spacing to suit different material sizes, while the vertical wall-mounted design helps free up valuable floor space in garages, workshops, sheds, and storage areas. With a total weight capacity of 660 lbs, this rack system offers dependable storage for a wide range of materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"565\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHeavy-duty steel construction for strength and durability\u003cbr\u003ePowder-coated finish helps resist rust, wear, and corrosion\u003cbr\u003eSix adjustable shelf arms allow customized storage configurations\u003cbr\u003eWall-mounted design maximizes vertical storage space\u003cbr\u003eSuitable for storing lumber, pipes, molding, trim, and other long materials\u003cbr\u003eEach shelf supports up to 110 lbs\u003cbr\u003eTotal system weight capacity of 660 lbs\u003cbr\u003eHelps keep materials organized, visible, and easily accessible\u003cbr\u003eDesigned for workshop, garage, shed, and storage room applications\u003cbr\u003eEasy wall installation for secure and stable support\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"565\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNumber of Shelves: 6\u003cbr\u003eMaterial: Steel\u003cbr\u003eFinish: Powder-Coated\u003cbr\u003eTotal Weight Capacity: 660 lbs\u003cbr\u003eWeight Capacity per Shelf: 110 lbs\u003cbr\u003eHeight: 39\"\u003cbr\u003eShelf Depth: 12-1\/4\"\u003cbr\u003eRecommended Distance Between Vertical Bars: 4' - 6' (122 cm - 182 cm)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"565\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComes With\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6 Adjustable Shelves\u003cbr\u003e2 Vertical Support Bars\u003cbr\u003eMounting Hardware\u003cbr\u003eNote: Lumber shown in product images is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"565\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials can this rack store?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis rack is suitable for storing lumber, pipes, molding, trim, and other long materials commonly found in workshops, garages, and storage areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"565\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the shelves adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The six shelf arms can be positioned to create storage configurations that best suit your materials and available space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"565\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can the rack support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe rack has a total weight capacity of 660 lbs, with each shelf supporting up to 110 lbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"565\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this rack be mounted in a garage or workshop?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The wall-mounted design is well suited for garages, workshops, sheds, and other storage areas where floor space is limited.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"565\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the rack include mounting hardware?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Mounting hardware is included with the rack system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"565\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the lumber shown in the photos included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Lumber and other materials shown in product images are for demonstration purposes only and are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Craftex","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44817218175142,"sku":"CT177","price":52.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_881c6195-a520-4fc0-8fc8-e725d8196e99.jpg?v=1739724595"},{"product_id":"milling-machine-digital-readout-r8-cx600","title":"1\" MILLING MACHINE 3\/4HP","description":"\u003cp\u003eDesigned for drilling and light milling applications, the CX600 provides a practical balance of capacity, control, and workshop-friendly size. Its gear head delivers strong torque, while the variable spindle speed can be adjusted from 50 to 2,250 RPM to suit different tools, materials, and operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe precision-ground table provides a stable work surface with three T-slots for securing a vise, clamping kit, or workpiece. Longitudinal and cross travel allow the work to be positioned accurately, while the tilting head supports angled drilling and milling applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual and fine spindle down-feed controls make it easier to switch between drilling and controlled milling operations. Positive locks for the table, head, and quill help maintain the selected setup, while the digital spindle height gauge and easy-to-read scales support repeatable positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3\/4 HP, 110V single-phase motor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVariable spindle speed from 50 to 2,250 RPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDigital spindle speed readout\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDigital spindle height gauge\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGear-head design provides strong operating torque\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eR8 spindle taper\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1\" maximum drilling capacity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5\/8\" maximum end mill capacity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-1\/2\" maximum face mill capacity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e7\" x 20\" precision-ground worktable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree T-slots for workholding and clamping\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHead tilts 45 degrees left and right\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrecision manual and fine spindle down-feed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePositive locks for the table, head, and quill\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSafety chip guard with automatic shutoff\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour mounting holes in the base\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional CX600ST stand available separately\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePowder-coated two-tone CX-Series finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3-year warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModel: CX600\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMotor: 3\/4 HP, 110V, single-phase\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrilling Capacity: 1\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnd Mill Capacity: 5\/8\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFace Mill Capacity: 2-1\/2\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle Taper: R8\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle Stroke: 2\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHead Tilt: 45 degrees left and 45 degrees right\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNumber of Spindle Speeds: Variable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle Speed Range: 50 to 2,250 RPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTable Working Surface: 20\" x 7\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTable Longitudinal Travel: 11\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTable Cross Travel: 7\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine Head Vertical Travel: 15\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNumber of T-Slots: 3\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eT-Slot Size: 10 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall Dimensions: 27\" x 29\" x 34\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximate Net Weight: 113 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximate Shipping Weight: 135 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional Stand Model: CX600ST\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty: 3 years\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComes With\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrill chuck\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDigital spindle height gauge\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrawbar\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eR8 arbor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOil bottle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSix hex keys\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlotted screwdriver\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePhillips screwdriver\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToolbox\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUser manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFAQ\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum drilling capacity of the CX600?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe mill drill has a maximum stated drilling capacity of 1\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat milling cutters can it accommodate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe CX600 has a maximum end mill capacity of 5\/8\" and a maximum face mill capacity of 2-1\/2\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat spindle taper does this machine use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt uses an R8 spindle taper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the CX600 have variable speed control?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The spindle speed can be adjusted from 50 to 2,250 RPM.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the digital readout display?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe machine includes a digital spindle speed readout and a separate digital spindle height gauge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the head be tilted for angled drilling or milling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The head tilts up to 45 degrees to the left or right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the table size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe precision-ground table measures 20\" x 7\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much table travel is available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe table provides 11\" of longitudinal travel and 7\" of cross travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the machine include a stand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The optional CX600ST stand is available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the CX600 be mounted to the optional stand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The machine base has four mounting holes for installation on the CX600ST stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat safety feature is included around the spindle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe CX600 has a safety chip guard with an automatic shutoff feature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe CX600 is backed by a 3-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Craftex CX Series","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44817227677862,"sku":"CX600","price":1999.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_29427d90-36b8-49ef-966e-54484aa15026.jpg?v=1724326674"},{"product_id":"edge-sander-oscillating-6in-x-89in-csa-220v","title":"6\" X 89\" OSCILLATING EDGE SANDER","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Craftex CX-Series CX505 Oscillating Edge Belt Sander is designed for efficient edge, surface, and contour sanding in demanding woodworking environments. Its 6\" x 89\" sanding belt provides a large working area, while the oscillating action helps distribute abrasive wear and supports a more consistent finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sanding head adjusts to any position between 90° and 180°, allowing the machine to handle horizontal, vertical, and angled sanding applications. The main worktable can also be adjusted to different heights so the operator can use more of the available belt surface, helping promote even belt wear over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor sanding curved or rounded workpieces, the CX505 includes an auxiliary table that provides access to the end drum area. A large 23-1\/2\" x 6-1\/8\" fence supports straight-edge sanding, while the included mitre gauge assists with controlled angle work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sanding belt features adjustable tension and tracking controls for accurate setup. A motor drum guard, keyed safety switch, and enclosed cabinet stand support safer and more organized operation. The cabinet base also provides convenient storage for sanding belts, accessories, and workshop tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePowerful 1-1\/2 HP motor for demanding edge and surface sanding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUses a 6\" x 89\" sanding belt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOscillating belt action helps distribute abrasive wear and improve finish consistency\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTotal oscillation travel of 1\/4\" (6.4 mm)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSanding head adjusts between 90° and 180°\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdjustable main table height allows different areas of the belt to be used\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuxiliary table supports sanding of curved and rounded workpieces\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge 23-1\/2\" x 6-1\/8\" fence supports straight-edge sanding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFully adjustable belt tension and tracking\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4\" dust port supports efficient dust collection\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCabinet stand provides a stable base and enclosed accessory storage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMotor drum guard supports safer operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eON\/OFF switch includes a removable safety pin\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncluded mitre gauge supports angled sanding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePowder-coated finish with Craftex CX-Series two-tone styling\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in Taiwan\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by a 3-year warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModel: CX505\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeries: Craftex CX-Series\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMotor: 1-1\/2 HP\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVoltage: 110\/220 V\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFactory wiring: Pre-wired for 220 V\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurrent: 18 Amp\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBelt size: 6\" x 89\" (152 x 2260 mm)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBelt speed: 3450 RPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOscillation travel, upward: 1\/8\" (3.2 mm)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOscillation travel, downward: 1\/8\" (3.2 mm)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTotal oscillation travel: 1\/4\" (6.4 mm)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSanding head adjustment: 90° to 180°\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain table size: 9-7\/8\" x 29-5\/8\" (250 x 751 mm)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuxiliary table size: 9-7\/8\" x 11-78\" (250 x 300 mm), as supplied\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFence size: 23-1\/2\" x 6-1\/8\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust port size: 4\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBase dimensions: 21-1\/2\" L x 49\" W (546 x 432 mm), as supplied\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall dimensions: 50\" L x 21\" W x 49\" H (1270 x 533 x 1245 mm)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeight: 277 lb (126 kg)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCountry of manufacture: Taiwan\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty: 3 years\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComes With\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCabinet stand\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdjustable main worktable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuxiliary contour-sanding table\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e23-1\/2\" x 6-1\/8\" fence\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMitre gauge\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMotor drum guard\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4\" dust hood\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eON\/OFF switch with removable safety pin\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3-year warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFAQ\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sanding belt size does the CX505 use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX505 uses a 6\" x 89\" sanding belt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the benefit of the oscillating belt action?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe oscillating action moves the belt up and down across a total range of 1\/4\". This helps distribute wear across more of the abrasive surface and supports a more consistent finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the sanding head be used horizontally and vertically?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The sanding head adjusts between 90° and 180°, allowing horizontal, vertical, and angled sanding setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the CX505 sand curved workpieces?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The included auxiliary table provides access to the end drum area for sanding rounded and contoured workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is the main table height adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChanging the table height allows different areas of the sanding belt to contact the workpiece, helping promote more even abrasive wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the sander include a fence?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It includes a 23-1\/2\" x 6-1\/8\" fence for supporting straight-edge sanding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the belt tracking and tension be adjusted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The CX505 includes fully adjustable belt tension and tracking controls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat dust collection connection does it use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sander has one 4\" dust port for connection to a compatible dust collection system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat voltage does the motor require?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor is rated for 110\/220 V and is supplied pre-wired for 220 V.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the cabinet provide storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The enclosed cabinet stand provides storage space for sanding belts, tools, and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the CX505 manufactured?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX505 is made in Taiwan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sander is covered by a 3-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Craftex CX Series","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44817253630118,"sku":"CX505","price":1799.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_1cc365b5-9612-4984-bfb2-d1bae30c31da.jpg?v=1724326933"},{"product_id":"knee-mill-vertical-craftex-cx-series-cx603","title":"KNEE MILL VERTICAL CRAFTEX CX SERIES CX603","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Craftex CX-Series CX603 Knee Milling Machine is built for machinists who need a compact but capable machine for milling, drilling, and precision metalworking. Its 1-1\/2 HP, 220V motor provides nine spindle speeds from 230 to 2,520 RPM, allowing the machine to handle a range of materials and cutting operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA heavy-duty one-piece casting provides rigidity and stability, while the precision-ground vertical and cross ways support smooth, accurate movement. The 8\" x 30\" table includes T-slots for securing vises, fixtures, and workpieces, with 14-1\/2\" of longitudinal travel and 6\" of cross travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe milling head can tilt 45° to the left or right, and the head adaptor rotates around the column for added setup flexibility. Fine and coarse down-feed controls make it easier to manage spindle movement for different machining tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX603 includes a heavy-duty stand with a large chip tray and is manufactured in Taiwan. Optional coolant and power-feed systems are available separately. Like all Craftex CX-Series machines, it features a powder-coated two-tone finish and a three-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1-1\/2 HP, 220V single-phase motor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNine spindle speeds from 230 to 2,520 RPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eR8 vertical spindle taper\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrecision-ground vertical and cross ways\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrecision-ground 8\" x 30\" table with T-slots\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy-duty one-piece casting improves rigidity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge table handwheels support smooth adjustment\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFine down-feed knob for controlled spindle movement\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge coarse down-feed handle for faster positioning\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eForward and reverse spindle control\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHead adaptor rotates around the column\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHead tilts 45° left and 45° right\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy-duty stand with large chip tray\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional coolant system available\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional power feed available\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in Taiwan\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePowder-coated two-tone finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree-year warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModel: CX603\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduct type: Knee milling machine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMotor: 1-1\/2 HP\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVoltage: 220V\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePhase: Single phase\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVertical spindle taper: R8\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNumber of spindle speeds: 9\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVertical spindle speed range: 230 to 2,520 RPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle travel: 3-1\/8\" (80 mm)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle-to-column distance: 7-1\/2\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle-to-table distance: 0\" to 19\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHead tilt: 45° right and 45° left\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTable size: 8\" x 30\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximum cross travel: 6\" (150 mm)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximum longitudinal travel: 14-1\/2\" (370 mm)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead screw: 1\" x 8 TPI or 3 mm pitch\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNet weight: 450 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGross weight: 540 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrate dimensions: 44\" W x 44\" D x 75\" H\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCountry of manufacture: Taiwan\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty: 3 years\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFAQ\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat spindle taper does the CX603 use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX603 uses an R8 vertical spindle taper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many spindle speeds are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine has nine spindle speeds ranging from 230 to 2,520 RPM.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the table size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe precision-ground table measures 8\" x 30\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much table travel does the machine provide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt provides up to 14-1\/2\" of longitudinal travel and 6\" of cross travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the milling head tilt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The head tilts up to 45° to the left and 45° to the right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the head rotate around the column?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The head adaptor can rotate around the column for greater setup flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of stand is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX603 includes a heavy-duty stand with a large chip tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre a coolant system and power feed included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Both are available as optional accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the CX603 made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine is made in Taiwan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX603 is covered by a three-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Craftex CX Series","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44817254187174,"sku":"CX603","price":6599.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_31f53635-2cee-47d0-8fc9-fec7c3f7eda0.jpg?v=1724326947"},{"product_id":"drum-sander-26in-craftex-cx-series-csa-cx504","title":"DRUM SANDER 26\" CRAFTEX CX SERIES CSA CX504","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Craftex CX-Series CX504 Drum Sander is built for efficient thickness sanding of wide boards and panels. Its two 6\" sanding drums allow coarse and fine sanding to be completed in one pass, helping reduce processing time while producing a smooth, consistent finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 3 HP motor drives the sanding drums at 1,600 RPM, while a separate 1\/4 HP motor powers the heavy-duty conveyor belt. Five feed speeds from 3 to 20 surface feet per minute allow the material feed rate to be matched to the workpiece and sanding requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX504 accepts workpieces up to 26\" wide and 12\" thick. A front-mounted control panel provides convenient access to the machine and conveyor controls, while two 4\" dust ports support effective dust collection. Spring clips on each drum make abrasive installation and replacement more convenient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine features a durable powder-coated two-tone finish, is made in Taiwan, and is backed by a three-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo sanding drums allow coarse and fine sanding in one pass\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3 HP motor drives both 6\" sanding drums\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrums operate at 1,600 RPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSands workpieces up to 26\" wide\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandles material from 1\/4\" to 12\" thick\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy-duty conveyor belt provides controlled material feeding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive conveyor feed speeds from 3 to 20 SFPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeparate 1\/4 HP conveyor feed motor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFront-mounted control panel provides convenient operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpring clips simplify abrasive installation and replacement\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo 4\" dust ports support efficient dust collection\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePowder-coated two-tone finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in Taiwan\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree-year warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModel: CX504\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduct type: Dual-drum sander\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain motor: 3 HP\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain motor voltage: 220V\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrequency: 60 Hz\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePhase: Single phase\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConveyor motor: 1\/4 HP\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConveyor motor voltage: 220V\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConveyor motor phase: Single phase\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNumber of sanding drums: Two\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrum diameter: 6\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrum speed: 1,600 RPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximum sanding width: 26\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximum board thickness: 12\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMinimum board thickness: 1\/4\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMinimum board length: 5\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSanding belt size: 5-1\/8\" wide x 7' 9\" long\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeed speeds: 3, 8, 12, 16, and 20 SFPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust ports: Two 4\" ports\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall dimensions: 46\" x 30-1\/2\" x 49\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeight: 486 lbs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCountry of manufacture: Taiwan\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty: 3 years\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFAQ\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum sanding width of the CX504?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX504 can sand workpieces up to 26\" wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat thickness of material can it handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can sand boards from 1\/4\" to 12\" thick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the minimum workpiece length?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe minimum recommended board length is 5\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the benefit of the two sanding drums?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two-drum design allows coarse and fine sanding to be completed in a single pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many conveyor feed speeds are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX504 has five feed speeds: 3, 8, 12, 16, and 20 surface feet per minute.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size dust collection ports does it use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine has two 4\" dust ports.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the sandpaper attached to the drums?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpring clips hold the abrasive strips around each drum, making replacement more convenient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat power supply is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX504 uses a 3 HP, 220V, single-phase main motor and a 1\/4 HP, 220V, single-phase conveyor motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX504 is covered by a three-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Craftex CX Series","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44817262739622,"sku":"CX504","price":3499.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_d00795ec-a77e-4ae4-8f61-546c6f7d37cf.jpg?v=1724326982"},{"product_id":"lathe-mini-7in-x12in-1-2hp-cx-series-csa-cx704","title":"7\" X 12\" MINI METAL LATHE 1\/2HP","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-family: arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: medium;\"\u003e\u003c!-- mceItemMediaService_youtube:{\"id\":\"rpxk0my6x1g\",\"width\":440,\"height\":330} --\u003e\u003c!-- do not directly edit this HTML, it will be overwritten by the mediaservice plugin --\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"440\" height=\"330\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/rpxk0my6x1g?fs=1\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c!-- \/mceItemMediaService --\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX704 7\" x 12\" Mini Metal Lathe delivers the control, precision, and practical features of a larger lathe in a compact format suited to hobby machinists and smaller workshops. Its variable-speed control lets you adjust spindle speed to match the material and operation, while the forward and reverse switch provides convenient control over spindle rotation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with a cast iron bed and cast iron headstock, the CX704 provides a stable platform for turning small metal components. It offers two variable-speed ranges, a 20 mm spindle bore, an MT#3 spindle taper, and an MT#2 tailstock taper. Inch and metric threading capability, a threading dial indicator, and a complete set of change gears add versatility for a wide range of small machining projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX704 also includes a three-jaw chuck, chip tray, and splash guard. Like other Craftex CX-Series machines, it features durable powder-coated paint, a two-tone finish, and a three-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompact 7\" swing-over-bed and 12\" distance-between-centres capacity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1\/2 HP, 110V single-phase motor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVariable spindle speed for matching speed to the machining operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo speed ranges: low from 0 to 1,100 RPM and high from 0 to 2,500 RPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eForward and reverse spindle rotation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCast iron bed and headstock construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e20 mm spindle bore\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMT#3 spindle taper\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMT#2 tailstock taper\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInch and metric threading capability\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThreading dial indicator\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInch and metric graduations\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplete set of change gears\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree-jaw chuck\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChip tray and splash guard\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePowder-coated two-tone finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree-year warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModel: CX704\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMotor: 1\/2 HP\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVoltage: 110V\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrequency: 60 Hz\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePhase: Single phase\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurrent: 3 amps\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpeed control: Variable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLow speed range: 0 to 1,100 RPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh speed range: 0 to 2,500 RPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwing over bed: 7\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistance between centres: 12\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwing over cross slide: 2-1\/8\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwing over saddle: 5\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompound slide travel: 2-3\/4\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarriage travel: 10-1\/2\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCross slide travel: 2-3\/4\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximum tool bit size: 5\/16\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeadstock construction: Cast iron\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle bore: 20 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle size: 3\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle taper: MT#3\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTailstock travel: 2-1\/2\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTailstock taper: MT#2\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNumber of inch threads: 18\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInch thread range: 12 to 52 TPI\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNumber of metric threads: 10\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetric thread range: 0.4 to 2.0 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBed construction: Cast iron\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall dimensions: 28\" x 12\" x 12\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeight: 75 lbs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty: 3 years\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComes With\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree-jaw chuck\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplete set of change gears\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThreading dial indicator\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChip tray\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSplash guard\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFAQ\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho is the CX704 mini metal lathe designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX704 is well suited to hobby machinists, home workshops, and users working on small metal turning and threading projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the CX704 have variable speed control?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The lathe has variable speed control with a low range of 0 to 1,100 RPM and a high range of 0 to 2,500 RPM.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the spindle rotate in both directions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. A forward and reverse switch controls the direction of spindle rotation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this lathe cut both inch and metric threads?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The CX704 can cut 18 inch thread sizes from 12 to 52 TPI and 10 metric thread sizes from 0.4 to 2.0 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the spindle and tailstock tapers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe spindle uses an MT#3 taper, and the tailstock uses an MT#2 taper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the distance between centres?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe distance between centres is 12\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included with the CX704?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lathe includes a three-jaw chuck, a complete set of change gears, a threading dial indicator, a chip tray, and a splash guard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX704 is covered by a three-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-family: arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: medium;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Craftex CX Series","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44817278894246,"sku":"CX704","price":995.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/CX704-square.png?v=1762971486"},{"product_id":"wood-lathe-18in-x-47in-heavy-duty","title":"18\" X 47\" HEAVY DUTY WOOD LATHE","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Craftex CX-Series CX802 is a full-size wood lathe designed for turners who need substantial capacity, precise speed control, and dependable low-speed performance. Its heavy-duty 2HP, three-phase AC motor is operated through a single-phase frequency drive, allowing the machine to run from a 220V single-phase power supply while delivering smooth and efficient power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElectronic variable-speed control and a digital RPM display make it easy to select and monitor the spindle speed for different workpiece sizes and turning applications. Two speed ranges provide operation from 100 to 1,200 RPM in low range and 330 to 3,200 RPM in high range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith an 18\" swing over the bed and 47\" between centres, the CX802 offers the capacity required for large spindle and faceplate turning projects. The headstock can slide to the end of the bedway for easier outboard turning and improved access to larger workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy-duty cast iron legs with adjustable steel feet provide a stable platform and help minimize vibration. Integrated gussets allow shelving or storage to be added between the legs, while the included reinforced steel basket keeps frequently used tools and accessories close at hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional features include forward and reverse operation, spindle indexing, a spindle lock pin, an emergency stop switch, and MT2 spindle and tailstock tapers. The lathe comes with a spur centre, live centre, tool rest, and 6\" faceplate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2HP heavy-duty three-phase AC motor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperates from a 220V single-phase power supply through a frequency drive\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElectronic variable-speed control\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDigital spindle speed display\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo spindle speed ranges\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLow Speed Range: 100 to 1,200 RPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh Speed Range: 330 to 3,200 RPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e18\" swing over the bed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e47\" distance between centres\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSliding headstock for easier outboard turning\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eForward and reverse spindle operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle indexing system\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e30° indexing using one indexing hole\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e10° indexing using all three indexing holes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle lock pin\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEmergency stop switch\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMT2 spindle and tailstock tapers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy-duty cast iron legs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdjustable steel feet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCast leg gussets accommodate shelving and storage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReinforced steel storage basket\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree-year CX-Series warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModel: CX802\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMotor: 2HP, 220V, three-phase AC motor with single-phase frequency drive\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePower Requirement: 220V, single phase\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwing Over Bed: 18\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistance Between Centres: 47\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeadstock Spindle: 1-1\/4\" x 8 TPI RH\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpeed Control: Electronic variable speed with digital RPM display\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLow Speed Range: 100 to 1,200 RPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh Speed Range: 330 to 3,200 RPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle Taper: MT2\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTailstock Taper: MT2\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndexing: 30° using one indexing hole or 10° using all three indexing holes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle Bore: 0.393\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEmergency Stop Switch: Yes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall Dimensions: 80-3\/4\" L x 19\" W x 48\" H\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximate Shipping Weight: 265 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty: Three years\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComes With\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpur centre\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLive centre\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTool rest\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e6\" faceplate\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy-duty cast iron legs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdjustable steel feet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReinforced steel storage basket\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFAQ\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the turning capacity of the CX802?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX802 has an 18\" swing over the bed and provides 47\" between centres.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat power supply does the CX802 require?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lathe requires a 220V single-phase power supply. Its three-phase AC motor is operated through a single-phase frequency drive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat spindle speeds are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX802 has two variable-speed ranges: 100 to 1,200 RPM in low range and 330 to 3,200 RPM in high range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the lathe display the spindle speed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. A digital display shows the spindle speed during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the CX802 be used for outboard turning?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The headstock slides to the end of the bedway to provide easier access for outboard turning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the spindle operate in forward and reverse?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The CX802 includes forward and reverse spindle operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat spindle thread does the CX802 use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe headstock spindle is 1-1\/4\" x 8 TPI right-hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat taper does the spindle and tailstock use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth the spindle and tailstock use MT2 tapers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the CX802 include an indexing system?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It provides 30° direct indexing using one indexing hole and 10° indexing using all three indexing holes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat accessories are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lathe comes with a spur centre, live centre, tool rest, 6\" faceplate, reinforced steel storage basket, cast iron legs, and adjustable steel feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX802 is covered by a three-year CX-Series warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Craftex CX Series","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44817294491814,"sku":"CX802","price":2899.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_c5df63f7-b259-4112-a7d7-625af2628097.jpg?v=1724327330"},{"product_id":"foam-brush-set-24pc","title":"FOAM BRUSH SET 24PC","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eD2031 \u003cbr\u003e24PC Foam Brush Set \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eThis set offers a wide range of assorted sizes. Great for all water and oil based stains.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Woodstock","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44817301864614,"sku":"D2031","price":14.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_5d3fbd58-8bfb-451b-8a7e-4bedf7c1c859.jpg?v=1724327493"},{"product_id":"glue-100g-mitrebond-without-accelerant","title":"GLUE 100G MITREBOND (WITHOUT ACCELERANT)","description":"\u003cp\u003eAG100GL \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e100ml Glue without Accelerant - MITERBOND \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eMitreBond is an amazing instant adhesive that sticks fast and forever! It is so versatile that it can be used to bond almost anything, even totally different materials. Just imagine being able to glue glass to metal, stick wood to aluminum, attach acrylic to granite, join rubber to ceramic, etc... \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eMitreBond is quick to apply, ready to use and sets in under 15 seconds! Use it for hundreds of DIY or craft projects, model making, toy repairs, etc. MitreBond adhesive works when you need to glue crown moulding, secure exterior trim, fasten chair rail, join casing, bond valance, install kitchen counters, attach quarter round... the list is endless and only limited by your imagination. \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eCan be used on: \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eMDF \u003cbr\u003eAcrylic \u0026amp; PVC \u003cbr\u003eTimber \u003cbr\u003eSteel \u003cbr\u003eLeather \u0026amp; Rubber \u003cbr\u003eCeramics \u003cbr\u003eAluminum \u003cbr\u003ePolyurethane \u003cbr\u003eGlass \u003cbr\u003eGranite, Quartz \u0026amp; Marble \u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003eSize: 100ml\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mitrebond","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44817351573670,"sku":"AG100GL","price":15.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_b5e44d25-2d7b-4f60-bad4-a5bb9fd44f5e.jpg?v=1724327962"},{"product_id":"wood-lathe-with-digital-readout-csa-cx803","title":"14\" X 43\" VARI SPEED WOOD LATHE","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003ca name=\"video\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c!-- mceItemMediaService_youtube:{\"id\":\"9UbxPXpI2S4\",\"width\":440,\"height\":330} --\u003e\u003c!-- do not directly edit this HTML, it will be overwritten by the mediaservice plugin --\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"440\" height=\"330\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/9UbxPXpI2S4?fs=1\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c!-- \/mceItemMediaService --\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Craftex CX-Series CX803 is a full-size wood lathe designed for a wide range of spindle and faceplate turning projects. Its 3\/4HP, 120V motor provides variable spindle speeds from 600 to 2,400 RPM, allowing the speed to be adjusted to suit different workpiece sizes and turning applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith a 14\" swing over the bed and 43\" between centres, the CX803 provides the capacity needed for long spindle work and larger turning projects. The digital RPM display makes it easy to monitor spindle speed while working.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe precision-ground cast iron bed helps reduce vibration for smoother operation and greater accuracy. Cast iron construction is also used for the stand, headstock, and tailstock, creating a solid and stable platform. An MT2 spindle taper, MT2 tailstock taper, 1\" x 8 TPI spindle, and included 6\" faceplate provide practical versatility for the workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e14\" swing over the bed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e43\" distance between centres\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3\/4HP, 120V, single-phase motor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVariable spindle speed from 600 to 2,400 RPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDigital RPM display\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrecision-ground cast iron bed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCast iron stand\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCast iron headstock\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCast iron tailstock\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMT2 spindle taper\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMT2 tailstock taper\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1\" x 8 TPI spindle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-1\/4\" tailstock spindle travel\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e6\" faceplate\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy construction helps reduce workpiece vibration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree-year warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModel: CX803\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMotor: 3\/4HP, 120V, single phase\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpeed Control: Variable speed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle Speed Range: 600 to 2,400 RPM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle Taper: MT2\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpindle Size: 1\" x 8 TPI\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwing Over Bed: 14\" (355 mm)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistance Between Centres: 43\" (1,100 mm)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTailstock Taper: MT2\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTailstock Spindle Travel: 2-1\/4\" (57 mm)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFaceplate Size: 6\" (152 mm)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBed Construction: Precision-ground cast iron\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStand Construction: Cast iron\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeadstock Construction: Cast iron\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTailstock Construction: Cast iron\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDigital RPM Display: Yes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall Length: 63\" (1,600 mm)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximate Weight: 281 lbs (128 kg)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty: Three years\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComes With\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e6\" faceplate\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCast iron stand\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFAQ\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum turning capacity of the CX803?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX803 has a 14\" swing over the bed and a distance of 43\" between centres.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the CX803 have variable speed control?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The spindle speed can be adjusted from 600 to 2,400 RPM.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the lathe display the spindle speed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The CX803 includes a digital RPM display for monitoring spindle speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat spindle thread does the CX803 use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lathe has a 1\" x 8 TPI spindle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat taper does the spindle and tailstock use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth the spindle and tailstock use an MT2 taper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the lathe bed made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bed is made from precision-ground cast iron, which helps provide stability and reduce vibration during turning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the CX803 include a stand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It includes a cast iron stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX803 is covered by a three-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Craftex CX Series","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44817355931814,"sku":"CX803","price":899.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_c4491b9b-bbb0-4fc6-9dd0-5be0b99c2adb.jpg?v=1724328001"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-air-filter-with-led-csa-cx408","title":"HEAVY DUTY AIR FILTER 1400CFM","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Craftex CX-Series CX408 Heavy Duty Air Cleaner helps reduce fine airborne dust that may remain suspended after cutting, sanding, and other woodworking operations. Its 1\/3 HP motor delivers up to 1,400 CFM of air movement, making it suitable for improving air circulation and filtration in busy workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA two-stage filtration system uses a 5-micron primary filter to capture larger particles before air passes through the 1-micron secondary filter. The built-in LED filter-change indicator alerts the operator when filter maintenance is required, helping support consistent airflow and filtration performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree fan speeds allow airflow to be adjusted for different workshop conditions. The CX408 can be operated from the unit or with the programmable remote control, making it convenient to use when installed overhead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDelivers up to 1,400 CFM of air suction capacity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHelps reduce airborne dust produced by woodworking operations\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree fan speeds allow adjustable air circulation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDual-stage filtration captures larger particles and finer dust\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5-micron primary filter provides first-stage filtration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1-micron secondary filter captures finer airborne particles\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLED filter-change indicator alerts the operator when maintenance is needed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProgrammable remote control provides convenient operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eON\/OFF switch located on the unit\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for ceiling-mounted workshop installation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e9-inch engineered-plastic impeller\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e6-foot power cord\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by a 3-year warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModel: CX408\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduct type: Workshop air cleaner\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMotor: 1\/3 HP\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVoltage: 120 volts\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePhase: Single phase\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrequency: 60 Hz\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage: 3 amps\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNumber of fan speeds: 3\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eControls: ON\/OFF switch and programmable remote\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximum air suction capacity: 1,400 CFM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImpeller material: Engineered plastic\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImpeller diameter: 9 inches\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNumber of filters: 2\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary filter rating: 5 microns\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary filter size: 15-1\/4 x 19-1\/4 x 7\/8 inches\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecondary filter rating: 1 micron\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecondary filter size: 15-1\/4 x 19-1\/4 x 17-7\/8 inches\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLED filter-change indicator: Yes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrame construction: Plastic\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCord length: 6 feet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall dimensions: 30-1\/8 x 19-7\/8 x 16-3\/8 inches\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeight: 32 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty: 3 years\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComes With\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProgrammable remote control\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5-micron primary filter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1-micron secondary filter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFAQ\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the CX408 Air Cleaner do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt circulates workshop air through two filters to help reduce airborne dust created by cutting, sanding, and other woodworking operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum airflow capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX408 provides up to 1,400 CFM of air suction capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many fan speeds are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has three selectable fan speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat filtration system does it use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe air cleaner uses a 5-micron primary filter and a 1-micron secondary filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow will I know when the filter needs attention?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn integrated LED filter-change indicator alerts the operator when filter maintenance is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the air cleaner be operated remotely?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It includes a programmable remote control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the CX408 designed for ceiling mounting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed for overhead installation in a workshop. Confirm the required mounting hardware and ceiling support before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat power supply does it require?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe air cleaner operates on 120-volt, single-phase, 60 Hz power and draws 3 amps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the overall dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit measures 30-1\/8 x 19-7\/8 x 16-3\/8 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CX408 is covered by a 3-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Craftex CX Series","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44817377231014,"sku":"CX408","price":529.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_1b920c48-021e-4388-974d-d3d74d6c0850.jpg?v=1724328337"},{"product_id":"metal-bandsaw-5in-with-swivel-csa-cx116","title":"5\" SWIVEL METAL BANDSAW","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CX116 is a compact metal-cutting band saw built for controlled, repeatable cutting across a range of common shop applications. Its swivel head allows angled cuts, while the rigid vise holds the workpiece securely during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hydraulic down feed system helps provide smooth, consistent cutting pressure and includes automatic shut-off for added convenience. Adjustable blade guides, a work stop, and large adjustment knobs make setup straightforward, while the heavy-duty cast iron base provides a stable foundation during cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor easier movement around the shop, the CX116 includes two heavy-duty wheels and a carrying handle. Like other Craftex CX-Series machines, it features durable powder-coated paint, a two-tone finish, and a 3-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5\" metal-cutting band saw\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwivel head for angled cutting\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRigid vise securely holds the workpiece\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHydraulic down feed for smooth, controlled cutting\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAutomatic shut-off\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdjustable blade guides\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWork stop for repeatable cuts\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge adjustment knobs for easier setup\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy-duty cast iron base\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo heavy-duty wheels for mobility\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarrying handle for easier repositioning\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePowder-coated finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo-tone CX-Series colour scheme\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3-year warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModel: CX116\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrand: Craftex CX-Series\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMotor: 3\/4 HP\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVoltage: 120 V\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePhase: Single phase\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrequency: 60 Hz\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmperage: 7.8 Amps\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMotor Speed: 1700 r\/min\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlade Speeds: 24 \/ 35 \/ 61 m\/min\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlade Length: 64-1\/2\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHead Swivel: 45° - 60°\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAngle Cuts: 45° - 60°\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVise Jaw Depth: 6-1\/4\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVise Jaw Height: 2-1\/2\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximum Capacity at 90°: 5\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximum Capacity at 45°: 3-3\/4\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaximum Capacity at 60°: 2\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHydraulic Down Feed: Yes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuto Shut-Off: Yes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMobility: 2 wheels and carrying handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximate Weight: 174 lbs \/ 79 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComes With\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCX116 5\" Metal Band Saw\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWork stop\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2 mobility wheels\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarrying handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePackaging\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips in 2 boxes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBox 1: 26\" L x 18\" W x 8\" H\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBox 2: 37.5\" L x 17.5\" W x 21.5\" H\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFAQ\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum cutting capacity of the CX116?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe maximum cutting capacity is 5\" at 90°, 3-3\/4\" at 45°, and 2\" at 60°.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the saw make angled cuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The CX116 features a swivel head for angled cutting from 45° to 60°.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the saw have hydraulic down feed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It includes hydraulic down feed for controlled cutting and automatic shut-off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat blade speeds are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe saw offers blade speeds of 24, 35, and 61 m\/min.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat power supply does the CX116 require?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt operates on 120 V, single-phase, 60 Hz power and draws 7.8 amps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the CX116 easy to move around the shop?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It includes two heavy-duty wheels and a carrying handle for easier repositioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size blade does it use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe CX116 uses a 64-1\/2\" blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe CX116 is backed by a 3-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Craftex CX Series","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44817399611558,"sku":"CX116","price":799.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_ad335c5e-cf7e-4d87-882e-63c34772df05.jpg?v=1724328471"},{"product_id":"scissors-heavy-duty-8in","title":"SCISSORS HEAVY DUTY 8IN","description":"\u003cp\u003eB3457\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e 8\" Heavy Duty Scissors\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Stainless steel blades\u003cbr\u003e Easily cut soft rubber, wire mesh, leather, canvas, tape and paperboard\u003cbr\u003e Great for use around the shop\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ROK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44817468457126,"sku":"B3457","price":16.99,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0631\/9643\/0502\/files\/img_proxy_ca17b8cf-87a8-4186-8b7b-45df28e70d75.jpg?v=1724329911"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.busybeetools.com\/collections\/early-black-friday-deals.oembed?page=5","provider":"Busy Bee Tools","version":"1.0","type":"link"}